Madhya-lila 15.1
Sourceসার্বভৌমগৃহে ভুঞ্জন্ স্বনিন্দকমমোঘকম্ । অঙ্গীকুর্বন্ স্ফুটাং চক্রে গৌরঃ স্বাং ভক্তবশ্যতাম্ ॥ ১ ॥
sārvabhauma-gṛhe bhuñjan sva-nindakam amoghakam aṅgī-kurvan sphuṭāṁ cakre gauraḥ svāṁ bhakta-vaśyatām
English translation
Translation
While Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was taking prasādam at the house of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya, Amogha criticized Him. Still, the Lord accepted Amogha, thereby showing how much He was obliged to His devotees.
Word meanings
sārvabhauma - gṛhe — at the house of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya ; bhuñjan — while eating ; sva - nindakam — a person who was criticizing Him ; amoghakam — named Amogha ; aṅgī - kurvan — accepting ; sphuṭām — manifested ; cakre — made ; gauraḥ — Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; svām — His ; bhakta - vaśyatām — obligation to His devotees .
Madhya-lila 15.2
Sourceজয় জয় শ্রীচৈতন্য জয় নিত্যানন্দ । জয়াদ্বৈতচন্দ্র জয় গৌরভক্তবৃন্দ ॥ ২ ॥
jaya jaya śrī-caitanya jaya nityānanda jayādvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vṛnda
English translation
Translation
All glories to Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu! All glories to Lord Nityānanda Prabhu! All glories to Advaitacandra! And all glories to all the devotees of Lord Caitanya!
Word meanings
jaya jaya — all glories ; śrī - caitanya — to Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; jaya — all glories ; nityānanda — unto Nityānanda Prabhu ; jaya advaita - candra — all glories to Advaita Prabhu ; jaya — all glories ; gaura - bhakta - vṛnda — to the devotees of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu .
Madhya-lila 15.3
Sourceজয় শ্রীচৈতন্যচরিতামৃত-শ্রোতাগণ । চৈতন্যচরিতামৃত — যাঁর প্রাণধন ॥ ৩ ॥
jaya śrī-caitanya-caritāmṛta-srotā-gaṇa caitanya-caritāmṛta — yāṅra prāṇa-dhana
English translation
Translation
All glories to the listeners of Śrī Caitanya-caritāmṛta who have accepted it as their life and soul!
Word meanings
jaya — all glories ; śrī - caitanya - caritāmṛta - śrotā - gaṇa — to the listeners of Śrī Caitanya-caritāmṛta ; caitanya - caritāmṛta — Caitanya-caritāmṛta ; yāṅra — of whom ; prāṇa - dhana — the life and soul .
Madhya-lila 15.4
Sourceএইমত মহাপ্ৰভু ভক্তগণ-সঙ্গে । নীলাচলে রহি’ করে নৃত্যগীত-রঙ্গে ॥ ৪ ॥
ei-mata mahāprabhu bhakta-gaṇa-saṅge nīlācale rahi’ kare nṛtya-gīta-raṅge
English translation
Translation
While Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu stayed at Jagannātha Purī, He constantly enjoyed chanting and dancing with His devotees.
Word meanings
ei - mata — in this way ; mahāprabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; bhakta - gaṇa - saṅge — with His devotees ; nīlācale rahi’ — staying at Nīlācala, Jagannātha Purī ; kare — performs ; nṛtya - gīta - raṅge — chanting and dancing with great pleasure .
Madhya-lila 15.5
Sourceপ্রথমাবসরে জগন্নাথ-দরশন । নৃত্যগীত করে দণ্ডপরণাম, স্তবন ॥ ৫ ॥
prathamāvasare jagannātha-daraśana nṛtya-gīta kare daṇḍa-paraṇāma, stavana
English translation
Translation
In the beginning of the day, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu saw the Deity of Lord Jagannātha in the temple. He offered Him obeisances and prayers and danced and sang before Him.
Word meanings
prathama - avasare — in the beginning of the day ; jagannātha - daraśana — seeing the Deity of Lord Jagannātha ; nṛtya - gīta kare — performs chanting and dancing ; daṇḍa - paraṇāma — offering obeisances ; stavana — offering prayers .
Madhya-lila 15.6
Source‘উপলভোগ’ লাগিলে করে বাহিরে বিজয় । হরিদাস মিলি’ আইসে আপন নিলয় ॥ ৬ ॥
‘upala-bhoga’ lāgile kare bāhire vijaya haridāsa mili’ āise āpana nilaya
English translation
Translation
After visiting the temple, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu would remain outside during the upala-bhoga offering. He would then go meet Haridāsa Ṭhākura and return to His residence.
Word meanings
upala - bhoga lāgile — when there is an offering of food known as upala-bhoga ; kare bāhire vijaya — He remains outside ; haridāsa mili’ — meeting Haridāsa Ṭhākura ; āise — comes back ; āpana nilaya — to His residence .
Purport
At noon, when there was an upala-bhoga offering in a place called bhoga-vardhana-khaṇḍa, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu would go outside the temple. Before going outside, He used to stand near the Garuḍa-stambha column and offer His obeisances and prayers. Afterwards, the Lord would visit Siddha-bakula, where Haridāsa Ṭhākura lived. After visiting with Haridāsa Ṭhākura, the Lord would return to His own place at the abode of Kāśī Miśra.
Madhya-lila 15.7
Sourceঘরে বসি’ করে প্রভু নাম সঙ্কীর্তন । অদ্বৈত আসিয়া করে প্ৰভুর পূজন ॥ ৭ ॥
ghare vasi’ kare prabhu nāma saṅkīrtana advaita āsiyā kare prabhura pūjana
English translation
Translation
Sitting in His room, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu would chant on His beads, and Advaita Prabhu would come there to worship the Lord.
Word meanings
ghare vasi’ — sitting in His room ; kare — performs ; prabhu — Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; nāma saṅkīrtana — chanting on beads ; advaita — Advaita Ācārya ; āsiyā — coming ; kare — performs ; prabhura pūjana — worship of the Lord .
Madhya-lila 15.8
Sourceসুগন্ধি-সলিলে দেন পাদ্য, আচমন । সর্বাঙ্গে লেপয়ে প্রভুর সুগন্ধি চন্দন ॥ ৮ ॥
sugandhi-salile dena pādya, ācamana sarvāṅge lepaye prabhura sugandhi candana
English translation
Translation
While worshiping Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, Advaita Ācārya would offer Him scented water to wash His mouth and feet. Then Advaita Ācārya would smear very fragrant sandalwood pulp all over His body.
Word meanings
su - gandhi - salile — with scented water ; dena — offers ; pādya — water for washing the feet ; ācamana — washing the mouth ; sarva - aṅge — all over the body ; lepaye — smears ; prabhura — of the Lord ; su - gandhi candana — fragrant sandalwood pulp .
Madhya-lila 15.9
Sourceগলে মালা দেন, মাথায় তুলসী-মঞ্জরী । যোড়-হাতে স্তুতি করে পদে নমস্করি’ ॥ ৯ ॥
gale mālā dena, māthāya tulasī-mañjarī yoḍa-hāte stuti kare pade namaskari’
English translation
Translation
Śrī Advaita Prabhu would also place a flower garland around the Lord’s neck and tulasī flowers [mañjarīs] on His head. Then, with folded hands, Advaita Ācārya would offer obeisances and prayers unto the Lord.
Word meanings
gale — on the neck ; mālā — garland ; dena — offers ; māthāya — on the head ; tulasī - mañjarī — flowers of tulasī ; yoḍa - hāte — with folded hands ; stuti kare — offers prayers ; pade — unto the lotus feet ; namaskari’ — offering obeisances .
Madhya-lila 15.10
Sourceপূজা-পাত্রে পুষ্প-তুলসী শেষ যে আছিল । সেই সব লঞা প্রভু আচার্যে পূজিল ॥ ১০ ॥
pūjā-pātre puṣpa-tulasī śeṣa ye āchila sei saba lañā prabhu ācārye pūjila
English translation
Translation
After being worshiped by Advaita Ācārya, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu would take the dish containing flowers and tulasī and, with whatever paraphernalia remained, worship Advaita Ācārya.
Word meanings
pūjā - pātre — on the dish that holds flowers and tulasī ; puṣpa - tulasī — flowers and tulasī ; śeṣa — remaining ; ye āchila — whatever there were ; sei saba — all of them ; lañā — taking ; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; ācārye pūjila — worshiped Advaita Ācārya .
Madhya-lila 15.11
Source“যোঽসি সোঽসি নমোঽস্তু তে” এই মন্ত্র পড়ে । মুখবাদ্য করি’ প্রভু হাসায় আচার্যেরে ॥ ১১ ॥
“yo ’si so ’si namo ’stu te” ei mantra paḍe mukha-vādya kari’ prabhu hāsāya ācāryere
English translation
Translation
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu would worship Advaita Ācārya by chanting the mantra “Whatever You are, You are — but I offer My respects unto You.” In addition, the Lord would make some sounds within His mouth that would make Advaita Ācārya laugh.
Word meanings
yaḥ asi — whatever You are ; saḥ asi — so You are ; namaḥ astu te — I offer My respects unto You ; ei mantra paḍe — chants this mantra ; mukha - vādya kari’ — making a sound within the mouth ; prabhu — Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; hāsāya — causes to laugh ; ācāryere — Advaita Ācārya .
Madhya-lila 15.12
Sourceএইমত অন্যোন্যে করেন নমস্কার । প্রভুরে নিমন্ত্রণ করে আচার্য বার বার ॥ ১২ ॥
ei-mata anyonye karena namaskāra prabhure nimantraṇa kare ācārya bāra bāra
English translation
Translation
In this way Advaita Ācārya and Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu would offer Their respectful obeisances unto each other. Then Advaita Ācārya would extend an invitation to Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu again and again.
Word meanings
ei - mata — in this way ; anyonye — to one another ; karena — offer ; namaskāra — obeisances ; prabhure — unto Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; nimantraṇa — invitation ; kare — does ; ācārya — Advaita Ācārya ; bāra bāra — again and again .
Madhya-lila 15.13
Sourceআচার্যের নিমন্ত্রণ — আশ্চর্য-কথন । বিস্তারি’ বর্ণিয়াছেন দাস-বৃন্দাবন ॥ ১৩ ॥
ācāryera nimantraṇa — āścarya-kathana vistāri’ varṇiyāchena dāsa-vṛndāvana
English translation
Translation
Indeed, Śrī Advaita Ācārya’s invitation is another wonderful story. It has been very vividly described by Vṛndāvana dāsa Ṭhākura.
Word meanings
ācāryera nimantraṇa — the invitation of Advaita Ācārya ; āścarya - kathana — wonderful story ; vistāri’ — very vividly ; varṇiyāchena — described ; dāsa - vṛndāvana — Vṛndāvana dāsa Ṭhākura .
Madhya-lila 15.14
Sourceপুনরুক্তি হয়, তাহা না কৈলুঁ বর্ণন । আর ভক্তগণ করে প্রভুরে নিমন্ত্রণ ॥ ১৪ ॥
punarukti haya, tāhā nā kailuṅ varṇana āra bhakta-gaṇa kare prabhure nimantraṇa
English translation
Translation
Since Advaita Ācārya’s invitation has been described by Vṛndāvana dāsa Ṭhākura, I shall not repeat the story. But I shall say that other devotees also extended invitations to Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.
Word meanings
punaḥ - ukti — repetition ; haya — there is ; tāhā — that ; nā — not ; kailuṅ — I have done ; varṇana — description ; āra bhakta - gaṇa — other devotees ; kare — do ; prabhure — unto Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; nimantraṇa — invitation .
Madhya-lila 15.15
Sourceএক এক দিন এক এক ভক্তগৃহে মহোত্সব । প্ৰভু-সঙ্গে তাহাঁ ভোজন করে ভক্ত সব ॥ ১৫ ॥
eka eka dina eka eka bhakta-gṛhe mahotsava prabhu-saṅge tāhāṅ bhojana kare bhakta saba
English translation
Translation
Day after day, one devotee after another would invite Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and the other devotees to lunch and would also hold a festival.
Word meanings
eka eka dina — each and every day ; eka eka bhakta - gṛhe — in the house of one devotee after another ; mahotsava — festival ; prabhu - saṅge — with Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; tāhāṅ — there ; bhojana — lunch ; kare — accept ; bhakta — devotees ; saba — all .
Madhya-lila 15.16
Sourceচারিমাস রহিলা সবে মহাপ্রভু-সঙ্গে । জগন্নাথের নানা যাত্রা দেখে মহারঙ্গে ॥ ১৬ ॥
cāri-māsa rahilā sabe mahāprabhu-saṅge jagannāthera nānā yātrā dekhe mahā-raṅge
English translation
Translation
All the devotees remained at Jagannātha Purī for four continuous months, and they observed all Lord Jagannātha’s festivals with great pleasure.
Word meanings
cāri - māsa — four months ; rahilā — remain ; sabe — all the devotees ; mahāprabhu - saṅge — with Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; jagannāthera — of Lord Jagannātha ; nānā yātrā — many festivals ; dekhe — they see ; mahā - raṅge — with great pleasure .
Madhya-lila 15.17
Sourceকৃষ্ণজন্মযাত্রা-দিনে নন্দ-মহোত্সব । গোপবেশ হৈলা প্রভু লঞা ভক্ত সব ॥ ১৭ ॥
kṛṣṇa-janma-yātrā-dine nanda-mahotsava gopa-veśa hailā prabhu lañā bhakta saba
English translation
Translation
The devotees celebrated the festival of Janmāṣṭamī, Kṛṣṇa’s birthday, which is also called Nanda-mahotsava, the festival of Nanda Mahārāja. At that time Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and His devotees dressed themselves as cowherd boys.
Word meanings
kṛṣṇa - janma - yātrā — observance of the birth of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; dine — on the day of ; nanda - mahotsava — the festival observed by Nanda Mahārāja, the father of Kṛṣṇa ; gopa - veśa hailā — dressed Himself as a cowherd boy ; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; lañā — taking ; bhakta saba — all the devotees .
Madhya-lila 15.18
Sourceদধিদুগ্ধ-ভার সবে নিজ-স্কন্ধে করি’ । মহোত্সব-স্থানে আইলা বলি ‘হরি’ ‘হরি’ ॥ ১৮ ॥
dadhi-dugdha-bhāra sabe nija-skandhe kari’ mahotsava-sthāne āilā bali ‘hari’ ‘hari’
English translation
Translation
Having dressed up like cowherd boys, all the devotees carried pots of milk and yogurt balanced on rods over their shoulders. Thus they all arrived at the festival grounds chanting the holy name of Hari.
Word meanings
dadhi - dugdha — of milk and yogurt ; bhāra — carriers ; sabe — all of them ; nija - skandhe — on their shoulders ; kari’ — keeping ; mahotsava - sthāne — to the place of the festival ; āilā — came ; bali hari hari — chanting “Hari, Hari.” .
Madhya-lila 15.19
Sourceকানাঞি-খুটিয়া আছেন ‘নন্দ’-বেশ ধরি’ । জগন্নাথ মাহাতি হঞাছেন ‘ব্রজেশ্বরী’ ॥ ১৯ ॥
kānāñi-khuṭiyā āchena ‘nanda’-veśa dhari’ jagannātha-māhāti hañāchena ‘vrajeśvarī’
English translation
Translation
Kānāñi Khuṭiyā dressed himself like Nanda Mahārāja, and Jagannātha Māhiti dressed himself as mother Yaśodā.
Word meanings
kānāñi - khuṭiyā — Kānāñi Khuṭiyā ; āchena — is ; nanda - veśa dhari’ — in the dress of Nanda Mahārāja ; jagannātha - māhāti — Jagannātha Māhāti ; hañāchena — was ; vrajeśvarī — mother Yaśodā .
Madhya-lila 15.20
Sourceআপনে প্ৰতাপরুদ্র, আর মিশ্র-কাশী । সার্বভৌম, আর পড়িছা-পাত্র তুলসী ॥ ২০ ॥
āpane pratāparudra, āra miśra-kāśī sārvabhauma, āra paḍichā-pātra tulasī
English translation
Translation
At that time, King Pratāparudra was also personally present with Kāśī Miśra, Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya and Tulasī Paḍichāpātra.
Word meanings
āpane pratāparudra — personally King Pratāparudra ; āra — and ; miśra - kāśī — Kāśī Miśra ; sārvabhauma — Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya ; āra — and ; paḍichā - pātra tulasī — Paḍichāpātra Tulasī, the temple superintendent .
Madhya-lila 15.21
Sourceইঁহা-সবা লঞা প্রভু করে নৃত্য-রঙ্গ । দধি-দুগ্ধ হরিদ্রা-জলে ভরে সবার অঙ্গ ॥ ২১ ॥
iṅhā-sabā lañā prabhu kare nṛtya-raṅga dadhi-dugdha haridrā-jale bhare sabāra aṅga
English translation
Translation
As usual, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu danced jubilantly. Everyone was covered with milk, yogurt and yellow turmeric water.
Word meanings
iṅhā - sabā lañā — taking all of them ; prabhu — Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; kare nṛtya - raṅga — performed dancing in jubilation ; dadhi — yogurt ; dugdha — milk ; haridrā — turmeric ; jale — with water ; bhare — covered ; sabāra — of all of them ; aṅga — bodies .
Madhya-lila 15.22
Sourceঅদ্বৈত কহে, — সত্য কহি, না করিহ কোপ । লগুড় ফিরাইতে পার, তবে জানি গোপ ॥ ২২ ॥
advaita kahe, — satya kahi, nā kariha kopa laguḍa phirāite pāra, tabe jāni gopa
English translation
Translation
At this time Śrīla Advaita Ācārya said, “Please do not be angry. I speak the truth. I shall know that You are a cowherd boy only if You can wheel this rod about.”
Word meanings
advaita kahe — Advaita Ācārya says ; satya kahi — I speak the truth ; nā kariha kopa — please do not be angry ; laguḍa — stick, staff ; phirāite pāra — if You can wheel around ; tabe jāni — then I shall understand ; gopa — cowherd boy .
Madhya-lila 15.23
Sourceতবে লগুড় লঞা প্রভু ফিরাইতে লাগিলা । বার বার আকাশে ফেলি’ লুফিয়া ধরিলা ॥ ২৩ ॥
tabe laguḍa lañā prabhu phirāite lāgilā bāra bāra ākāśe pheli’ luphiyā dharilā
English translation
Translation
Accepting Advaita Ācārya’s challenge, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu took a big rod and began to wheel it around and around. Again and again He threw the rod into the sky and caught it when it fell.
Word meanings
tabe — then ; laguḍa — rod ; lañā — taking ; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; phirāite lāgilā — began to wheel it around ; bāra bāra — again and again ; ākāśe — in the sky ; pheli’ — throwing ; luphiyā — tossing ; dharilā — He captured .
Madhya-lila 15.24
Sourceশিরের উপরে, পৃষ্ঠে, সম্মুখে, দুই-পাশে । পাদমধ্যে ফিরায় লগুড়, — দেখি’ লোক হাসে ॥ ২৪ ॥
śirera upare, pṛṣṭhe, sammukhe, dui-pāśe pāda-madhye phirāya laguḍa, — dekhi’ loka hāse
English translation
Translation
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu wheeled and threw the rod, sometimes over His head, sometimes behind His back, sometimes in front of Him, sometimes to His side and sometimes between His legs. All the people laughed to see this.
Word meanings
śirera upare — over the head ; pṛṣṭhe — behind the back ; sammukhe — in front ; dui - pāśe — on the two sides ; pāda - madhye — between the two legs ; phirāya — wheels around ; laguḍa — the rod ; dekhi’ — seeing ; loka hāse — all the people began to laugh .
Madhya-lila 15.25
Sourceঅলাত-চক্রের প্রায় লগুড় ফিরায় । দেখি’ সর্বলোক-চিত্তে চমত্কার পায় ॥ ২৫ ॥
alāta-cakrera prāya laguḍa phirāya dekhi’ sarva-loka-citte camatkāra pāya
English translation
Translation
When Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu whirled the rod in a circle like a firebrand, the heart of everyone who saw it was astonished.
Word meanings
alāta - cakrera — the circle of a firebrand ; prāya — like ; laguḍa phirāya — wheels the rod ; dekhi’ — seeing ; sarva - loka — all the people ; citte — within the heart ; camatkāra pāya — became very much astonished .
Madhya-lila 15.26
Sourceএইমত নিত্যানন্দ ফিরায় লগুড় । কে বুঝিবে তাঁহা দুঁহার গোপভাব গূঢ় ॥ ২৬ ॥
ei-mata nityānanda phirāya laguḍa ke bujhibe tāṅhā duṅhāra gopa-bhāva gūḍha
English translation
Translation
Nityānanda Prabhu also played at whirling the rod. Who can understand how They were ecstatically immersed in the deep emotions of the cowherd boys?
Word meanings
ei - mata — in this way ; nityānanda — Lord Nityānanda Prabhu ; phirāya laguḍa — wheels a rod ; ke — who ; bujhibe — will understand ; tāṅhā — there ; duṅhāra — of both of Them ; gopa - bhāva — the ecstasy of the cowherd boys ; gūḍha — very deep .
Madhya-lila 15.27
Sourceপ্রতাপরুদ্রের আজ্ঞায় পড়িছা-তুলসী । জগন্নাথের প্রসাদ-বস্ত্র এক লঞা আসি ॥ ২৭ ॥
pratāparudrera ājñāya paḍichā-tulasī jagannāthera prasāda-vastra eka lañā āsi
English translation
Translation
Following the orders of Mahārāja Pratāparudra, the temple superintendent, named Tulasī, brought one of Lord Jagannātha’s used cloths.
Word meanings
pratāparudrera — of King Pratāparudra ; ājñāya — on the order ; paḍichā - tulasī — the temple superintendent named Tulasī ; jagannāthera — of Lord Jagannātha ; prasāda - vastra — used cloth ; eka — one ; lañā — taking ; āsi — came .
Madhya-lila 15.28
Sourceবহুমূল্য বস্ত্র প্রভু মস্তকে বান্ধিল । আচার্যাদি প্রভুর গণেরে পরাইল ॥ ২৮ ॥
bahu-mūlya vastra prabhu-mastake bāndhila ācāryādi prabhura gaṇere parāila
English translation
Translation
This valuable cloth was wrapped around the head of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. The other devotees, headed by Advaita Ācārya, also had cloths wrapped about their heads.
Word meanings
bahu - mūlya — very valuable ; vastra — cloth ; prabhu - mastake — on the head of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; bāndhila — wrapped ; ācārya - ādi — headed by Advaita Ācārya ; prabhura — of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; gaṇere — on the associates ; parāila — put .
Madhya-lila 15.29
Sourceকানাঞি-খুটিয়া, জগন্নাথ, — দুইজন । আবেশে বিলাইল ঘরে ছিল যত ধন ॥ ২৯ ॥
kānāñi-khuṭiyā, jagannātha, — dui-jana āveśe vilāila ghare chila yata dhana
English translation
Translation
In ecstasy, Kānāñi Khuṭiyā, who was dressed as Nanda Mahārāja, and Jagannātha Māhiti, who was dressed as mother Yaśodā, distributed all the riches they had stocked at home.
Word meanings
kānāñi - khuṭiyā — Kānāñi Khuṭiyā ; jagannātha — Jagannātha Māhāti ; dui - jana — two persons ; āveśe — in ecstatic love ; vilāila — distributed ; ghare — at home ; chila — was ; yata — all ; dhana — riches .
Madhya-lila 15.30
Sourceদেখি’ মহাপ্ৰভু বড় সন্তোষ পাইলা । মাতাপিতা-জ্ঞানে দুঁহে নমস্কার কৈলা ॥ ৩০ ॥
dekhi’ mahāprabhu baḍa santoṣa pāilā mātā-pitā-jñāne duṅhe namaskāra kailā
English translation
Translation
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was greatly satisfied to see this. Accepting them as His father and mother, He offered them obeisances.
Word meanings
dekhi’ — seeing ; mahāprabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; baḍa — very much ; santoṣa — satisfaction ; pāilā — felt ; mātā - pitā - jñāne — accepting as father and mother ; duṅhe — unto both of them ; namaskāra kailā — offered obeisances .
Madhya-lila 15.31
Sourceপরম-আবেশে প্রভু আইলা নিজ-ঘর । এইমত লীলা করে গৌরাঙ্গসুন্দর ॥ ৩১ ॥
parama-āveśe prabhu āilā nija-ghara ei-mata līlā kare gaurāṅga-sundara
English translation
Translation
In great ecstasy, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu returned to His residence. In this way, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, known as Gaurāṅga-sundara, performed various pastimes.
Word meanings
parama - āveśe — in great ecstasy ; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; āilā — returned ; nija - ghara — to His own residence ; ei - mata — in this way ; līlā — pastimes ; kare — performed ; gaurāṅga - sundara — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu .
Madhya-lila 15.32
Sourceবিজয়া-দশমী — লঙ্কা-বিজয়ের দিনে । বানর-সৈন্য কৈলা প্রভু লঞা ভক্তগণে ॥ ৩২ ॥
vijayā-daśamī — laṅkā-vijayera dine vānara-sainya kailā prabhu lañā bhakta-gaṇe
English translation
Translation
On the day celebrating the conquest of Laṅkā — a day known as Vijayā-daśamī — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu dressed up all His devotees as monkey soldiers.
Word meanings
vijayā — victory ; daśamī — tenth day ; laṅkā - vijayera dine — on the day celebrating the conquering of Laṅkā ; vānara - sainya — monkey soldiers ; kailā — arranged ; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; lañā bhakta - gaṇe — taking all the devotees .
Madhya-lila 15.33
Sourceহনুমান্-আবেশে প্রভু বৃক্ষশাখা লঞা । লঙ্কা-গড়ে চড়ি’ ফেলে গড় ভাঙ্গিয়া ॥ ৩৩ ॥
hanumān-āveśe prabhu vṛkṣa-śākhā lañā laṅkā-gaḍe caḍi’ phele gaḍa bhāṅgiyā
English translation
Translation
Displaying the emotions of Hanumān, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu took up a large tree branch and, mounting the walls of the Laṅkā fort, began to dismantle it.
Word meanings
hanumān - āveśe — in the emotion of being Hanumān ; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; vṛkṣa - śākhā lañā — taking a large branch of a tree ; laṅkā - gaḍe — on the Laṅkā fort ; caḍi’ — ascending ; phele — breaks down ; gaḍa — the fort ; bhāṅgiyā — dismantling .
Madhya-lila 15.34
Source‘কাহাঁরে রাব্ণা’ প্রভু কহে ক্রোধাবেশে । ‘জগন্মাতা হরে পাপী, মারিমু সবংশে ॥’ ৩৪ ॥
‘kāhāṅre rāvṇā’ prabhu kahe krodhāveśe ‘jagan-mātā hare pāpī, mārimu savaṁśe’
English translation
Translation
In the ecstasy of Hanumān, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu angrily said, “Where is that rascal Rāvaṇa? He has kidnapped the universal mother, Sītā. Now I shall kill him and all his family.”
Word meanings
kāhāṅre rāvṇā — where is the rascal Rāvaṇa ; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; kahe — says ; krodha - āveśe — in great anger ; jagat - mātā — the mother of the universe ; hare — kidnaps ; pāpī — sinful ; mārimu — I shall kill ; sa - vaṁśe — with all his family .
Madhya-lila 15.35
Sourceগোসাঞির আবেশ দেখি’ লোকে চমত্কার । সর্বলোক ‘জয়’ ‘জয়’ বলে বার বার ॥ ৩৫ ॥
gosāñira āveśa dekhi’ loke camatkāra sarva-loka ‘jaya’ ‘jaya’ bale bāra bāra
English translation
Translation
Everyone became very much astonished to see the emotional ecstasy of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, and everyone began to chant, “All glories! All glories!” again and again.
Word meanings
gosāñira — of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; āveśa — ecstasy ; dekhi’ — by seeing ; loke — all people ; camatkāra — astonished ; sarva - loka — all people ; jaya jaya — all glories ; bale — speak ; bāra bāra — again and again .
Madhya-lila 15.36
Sourceএইমত রাসযাত্রা, আর দীপাবলী । উত্থান-দ্বাদশীযাত্রা দেখিলা সকলি ॥ ৩৬ ॥
ei-mata rāsa-yātrā, āra dīpāvalī utthāna-dvādaśī yātrā dekhilā sakali
English translation
Translation
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and His devotees participated in all the festivals, including Rāsa-yātrā, Dīpāvalī and Utthāna-dvādaśī.
Word meanings
ei - mata — in this way ; rāsa - yātrā — rāsa dancing of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; āra — and ; dīpa - āvalī — the day of Dīpāvalī, when rows of lights are lit ; utthāna - dvādaśī - yātrā — the festival of Utthāna-dvādaśī ; dekhilā sakali — participated in all of them .
Purport
The Dīpāvalī festival takes place on the dark-moon night in the month of Kārttika (October-November). The Rāsa-yātrā, or rāsa dancing of Kṛṣṇa, takes place on the full-moon night of the same month. Utthāna-dvādaśī takes place the day after Ekādaśī in the waxing fortnight of the moon in the same month. All the devotees of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu participated in all these festivals.
Madhya-lila 15.37
Sourceএকদিন মহাপ্রভু নিত্যানন্দে লঞা । দুই ভাই যুক্তি কৈল নিভৃতে বসিয়া ॥ ৩৭ ॥
eka-dina mahāprabhu nityānande lañā dui bhāi yukti kaila nibhṛte vasiyā
English translation
Translation
One day the two brothers, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and Nityānanda Prabhu, consulted with each other while sitting together in a solitary place.
Word meanings
eka - dina — one day ; mahāprabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; nityānande lañā — taking Lord Nityānanda Prabhu ; dui bhāi — two brothers ; yukti kaila — consulted ; nibhṛte vasiyā — sitting in a solitary place .
Madhya-lila 15.38
Sourceকিবা যুক্তি কৈল দুঁহে, কেহ নাহি জানে । ফলে অনুমান পাছে কৈল ভক্তগণে ॥ ৩৮ ॥
kibā yukti kaila duṅhe, keha nāhi jāne phale anumāna pāche kaila bhakta-gaṇe
English translation
Translation
No one could understand what the brothers discussed between Themselves, but later all the devotees could guess what the subject matter was.
Word meanings
kibā yukti kaila — what consultation They had ; duṅhe — the two of Them ; keha nāhi jāne — no one knows ; phale — by the result ; anumāna — guess ; pāche — later ; kaila — did ; bhakta - gaṇe — all the devotees .
Madhya-lila 15.39
Sourceতবে মহাপ্রভু সব ভক্তে বোলাইল । গৌড়দেশে যাহ সবে বিদায় করিল ॥ ৩৯ ॥
tabe mahāprabhu saba bhakte bolāila gauḍa-deśe yāha sabe vidāya karila
English translation
Translation
Thereafter, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu called for all the devotees and asked them to return to Bengal. In this way, He bade farewell to them.
Word meanings
tabe mahāprabhu — thereafter Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; saba — all ; bhakte — the devotees ; bolāila — called ; gauḍa - deśe — to Bengal ; yāha — return ; sabe — all of you ; vidāya karila — bade farewell .
Madhya-lila 15.40
Sourceসবারে কহিল প্রভু — প্রত্যব্দ আসিয়া । গুণ্ডিচা দেখিয়া যাবে আমারে মিলিয়া ॥ ৪০ ॥
sabāre kahila prabhu — pratyabda āsiyā guṇḍicā dekhiyā yābe āmāre miliyā
English translation
Translation
Bidding farewell to all the devotees, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu requested them to return to Jagannātha Purī every year to see Him and then see the cleansing of the Guṇḍicā temple.
Word meanings
sabāre — to all of them ; kahila — said ; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; prati - abda — every year ; āsiyā — coming ; guṇḍicā — the function at the Guṇḍicā temple ; dekhiyā — seeing ; yābe — you should go ; āmāre miliyā — after meeting Me .
Madhya-lila 15.41
Sourceআচার্যেরে আজ্ঞা দিল করিয়া সম্মান । ‘আ-চণ্ডাল আদি কৃষ্ণভক্তি দিও দান’ ॥ ৪১ ॥
ācāryere ājñā dila kariyā sammāna ‘ā-caṇḍāla ādi kṛṣṇa-bhakti dio dāna’
English translation
Translation
With great respect, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu requested Advaita Ācārya, “Give Kṛṣṇa consciousness, devotion to Kṛṣṇa, even to the lowest of men [caṇḍālas].”
Word meanings
ācāryere — unto Advaita Ācārya ; ājñā dila — ordered ; kariyā sammāna — with great respect ; ā - caṇḍāla — even to the lowest of men, known as the caṇḍāla ; ādi — beginning with ; kṛṣṇa - bhakti — Kṛṣṇa consciousness, or devotional service to Lord Kṛṣṇa ; dio — deliver ; dāna — in charity .
Purport
This is Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s order to all His devotees. Kṛṣṇa-bhakti, devotion to Kṛṣṇa, is open to everyone, even low-class men like caṇḍālas. One should follow this order in the disciplic succession stemming from Śrī Advaita and Nityānanda Prabhu and distribute Kṛṣṇa consciousness without discrimination throughout the world.
There are different kinds of men, beginning with the brāhmaṇa and going down to the lowest platform, known as caṇḍāla. Whatever one’s position, everyone in this Age of Kali needs to be enlightened in Kṛṣṇa consciousness. That is the greatest need of the day. Everyone is acutely feeling the pangs of material existence. Even in the ranks and files of the American Senate, the pinpricks of material existence are felt, so much so that April 30, 1974, was actually set aside as Prayer Day. Thus everyone is feeling the resultant pinpricks of Kali-yuga brought about by human society’s indulging in illicit sex, meat-eating, gambling and intoxication. Now is the time for the members of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness to distribute kṛṣṇa-bhakti all over the world and thus follow the orders of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. The Lord has ordered everyone to become a guru (Cc. Madhya 7.128): āmāra ājñāya guru hañā tāra’ ei deśa. Everyone in every town and village should be enlightened by the instructions of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. Kṛṣṇa consciousness should be distributed to everyone indiscriminately. In this way, the entire world will be peaceful and happy, and everyone will glorify Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, as He desires.
The word caṇḍāla actually refers to a dog-eater, who is considered the lowest of men. Even caṇḍālas can be enlightened in Kṛṣṇa consciousness due to Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s benedictions. Kṛṣṇa-bhakti is not the monopoly of a certain caste. Everyone is eligible to receive this great benediction given by Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. Everyone should be given a chance to receive it and be happy.
The word dāna, meaning “charity,” is also significant in this verse. Whoever engages in the distribution of Kṛṣṇa consciousness is a charitable person. Professional men recite Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam and discuss kṛṣṇa-bhakti for an exchange of money. They cannot distribute such exalted transcendental property to everyone and anyone. Only pure devotees, who have no motive other than serving Kṛṣṇa, can give such transcendentally valuable benedictions out of charity.
Madhya-lila 15.42
Sourceনিত্যানন্দে আজ্ঞা দিল, — ‘যাহ গৌড়দেশে । অনর্গল প্রেমভক্তি করিহ প্রকাশে ॥ ৪২ ॥
nityānande ājñā dila, — ‘yāha gauḍa-deśe anargala prema-bhakti kariha prakāśe
English translation
Translation
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ordered Nityānanda Prabhu, “Go to Bengal and, without restriction, manifest devotional service to the Lord, Kṛṣṇa consciousness.”
Word meanings
nityānande — unto Nityānanda Prabhu ; ājñā dila — Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ordered ; yāha gauḍa - deśe — go to Gauḍa-deśa (Bengal) ; anargala — without restriction ; prema - bhakti — devotional service in love of Godhead ; kariha prakāśe — manifest .
Purport
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu thus ordered Nityānanda Prabhu to deliver all the Bengalis to devotional service. In the Bhagavad-gītā (9.32) the Lord says:
māṁ hi pārtha vyapāśritya ye ’pi syuḥ pāpa-yonayaḥ striyo vaiśyās tathā śūdrās te ’pi yānti parāṁ gatim
“O son of Pṛthā, those who take shelter in Me, though they be of lower birth — women, vaiśyas [merchants], and śūdras [workers] — can attain the supreme destination.” Whoever takes to Kṛṣṇa consciousness and follows the regulative principles can return home, back to Godhead.
In his Anubhāṣya, Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura writes, “There is a class of so-called devotees called prākṛta-sahajiyās who think that Nityānanda Prabhu is an ordinary human being. They have spread the news that Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ordered Nityānanda Prabhu to return to Bengal from Orissa just to marry and beget children. This is certainly a great offense against Nityānanda Prabhu.”
Such an offense is called pāṣaṇḍa-buddhi, or an atheistic remark. Offenders consider Nityānanda Prabhu to be like one of them, an ordinary human being. They do not know of Nityānanda Prabhu’s identity with the viṣṇu-tattva. Thinking Nityānanda Prabhu to be an ordinary human being is the business of mental speculators known as kuṇapātma-vādīs. These people accept the material body, which is a bag of three material elements ( kuṇape tri-dhātuke ), as themselves. They think that Nityānanda Prabhu’s body was similarly material and that it was meant for sense gratification. Whoever thinks in this way is a candidate for the darkest regions of hell. Those who hanker after women and money, who are self-interested and have the mentality of merchants, can certainly discover many things with their fertile brains and speak against the authorized revealed scriptures. They also engage in some moneymaking businesses to cheat innocent people, and they try to support their business programs by making such offensive statements. Actually Nityānanda Prabhu, being the expansion of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, is the most munificent incarnation. No one should consider Him an ordinary human being or an entity like the prajāpatis, who were ordered by Brahmā to increase generations. Nityānanda Prabhu should not be considered instrumental for sense gratification. Although professional so-called preachers support this idea, such statements are not found in any authorized revealed scriptures. Actually there is no support for these statements made by sahajiyās or other professional distributors of kṛṣṇa-bhakti.
Madhya-lila 15.43
Sourceরামদাস, গদাধর আদি কত জনে । তোমার সহায় লাগি’ দিলু তোমার সনে ॥ ৪৩ ॥
rāma-dāsa, gadādhara ādi kata jane tomāra sahāya lāgi’ dilu tomāra sane
English translation
Translation
Nityānanda Prabhu was given assistants like Rāmadāsa, Gadādhara dāsa and several others. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said, “I give them to You to assist You.
Word meanings
rāma - dāsa — Rāmadāsa ; gadādhara — Gadādhara dāsa ; ādi — and others ; kata jane — some people ; tomāra — Your ; sahāya — assistants ; lāgi’ — as ; dilu — I give ; tomāra sane — with You .
Madhya-lila 15.44
Sourceমধ্যে মধ্যে আমি তোমার নিকট যাইব । অলক্ষিতে রহি’ তোমার নৃত্য দেখিব’ ॥ ৪৪ ॥
madhye madhye āmi tomāra nikaṭa yāiba alakṣite rahi’ tomāra nṛtya dekhiba’
English translation
Translation
“I shall also go to see You at intervals. Keeping Myself invisible, I shall watch You dance.”
Word meanings
madhye madhye — at intervals ; āmi — I ; tomāra nikaṭa — near You ; yāiba — shall go ; alakṣite rahi’ — keeping invisible ; tomāra nṛtya — Your dancing ; dekhiba — I shall see .
Madhya-lila 15.45
Sourceশ্রীবাস-পণ্ডিতে প্রভু করি’ আলিঙ্গন । কণ্ঠে ধরি’ কহে তাঁরে মধুর বচন ॥ ৪৫ ॥
śrīvāsa-paṇḍite prabhu kari’ āliṅgana kaṇṭhe dhari’ kahe tāṅre madhura vacana
English translation
Translation
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu then embraced Śrīvāsa Paṇḍita and, with His arm about his neck, began to speak to him in sweet words.
Word meanings
śrīvāsa - paṇḍite — unto Śrīvāsa Paṇḍita ; prabhu — Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; kari’ — doing ; āliṅgana — embracing ; kaṇṭhe dhari’ — catching his neck ; kahe — says ; tāṅre — unto him ; madhura vacana — sweet words .
Madhya-lila 15.46
Sourceতোমার ঘরে কীর্তনে আমি নিত্য নাচিব । তুমি দেখা পাবে, আর কেহ না দেখিব ॥ ৪৬ ॥
tomāra ghare kīrtane āmi nitya nāciba tumi dekhā pābe, āra keha nā dekhiba
English translation
Translation
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu requested Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura, “Perform congregational chanting daily, and be assured that I shall also dance in your presence. You will be able to see this dancing, but not others.
Word meanings
tomāra ghare — in your house ; kīrtane — in the performance of congregational chanting ; āmi — I ; nitya — daily ; nāciba — shall dance ; tumi — you ; dekhā pābe — will be able to see ; āra — else ; keha — anyone ; nā dekhiba — will not see .
Madhya-lila 15.47
Sourceএই বস্ত্র মাতাকে দিহ’, এই সব প্রসাদ । দণ্ডবৎ করি’ আমার ক্ষমাইহ অপরাধ ॥ ৪৭ ॥
ei vastra mātāke diha’, ei saba prasāda daṇḍavat kari’ āmāra kṣamāiha aparādha
English translation
Translation
“Take this prasādam of Lord Jagannātha’s and this cloth and deliver them to My mother, Śacīdevī. After offering her obeisances, please request her to excuse My offenses.
Word meanings
ei vastra — this cloth ; mātāke diha’ — deliver to My mother, Śacīdevī ; ei saba prasāda — all these remnants of the food of Jagannātha ; daṇḍavat kari’ — offering obeisances ; āmāra — My ; kṣamāiha — cause to be excused ; aparādha — offenses .
Madhya-lila 15.48
Sourceতাঁর সেবা ছাড়ি’ আমি করিয়াছি সন্ন্যাস । ধর্ম নহে, করি আমি নিজ ধর্ম-নাশ ॥ ৪৮ ॥
tāṅra sevā chāḍi’ āmi kariyāchi sannyāsa dharma nahe, kari āmi nija dharma-nāśa
English translation
Translation
“I have given up the service of My mother and have accepted the sannyāsa order. Actually I should not have done this, for by so doing I have destroyed My religious principles.
Word meanings
tāṅra sevā chāḍi’ — giving up her service ; āmi — I ; kariyāchi — accepted ; sannyāsa — the renounced order of life ; dharma nahe — it is not My religion ; kari — perform ; āmi — I ; nija dharma - nāśa — destruction of My religious principles .
Madhya-lila 15.49
Sourceতাঁর প্রেমবশ আমি, তাঁর সেবা — ধর্ম । তাহা ছাড়ি’ করিয়াছি বাতুলের কর্ম ॥ ৪৯ ॥
tāṅra prema-vaśa āmi, tāṅra sevā — dharma tāhā chāḍi’ kariyāchi vātulera karma
English translation
Translation
“I am subordinate to the love of My mother, and it is My duty to serve her in return. Instead of doing so, I have accepted the renounced order. Certainly this is the act of a madman.
Word meanings
tāṅra prema - vaśa — subordinate to her love ; āmi — I ; tāṅra sevā — her service ; dharma — My religion ; tāhā chāḍi’ — giving that up ; kariyāchi — I performed ; vātulera karma — the acts of a madman .
Madhya-lila 15.50
Sourceবাতুল বালকের মাতা নাহি লয় দোষ । এই জানি’ মাতা মোরে না করয় রোষ ॥ ৫০ ॥
vātula bālakera mātā nāhi laya doṣa ei jāni’ mātā more nā karaya roṣa
English translation
Translation
“A mother is not offended by her mad son, and knowing this, My mother is not offended by Me.
Word meanings
vātula bālakera — of a mad son ; mātā — mother ; nāhi — does not ; laya — accept ; doṣa — fault ; ei jāni’ — knowing this ; mātā — mother ; more — unto Me ; nā karaya roṣa — is not at all angry .
Madhya-lila 15.51
Sourceকি কায সন্ন্যাসে মোর, প্রেম নিজ-ধন । যে-কালে সন্ন্যাস কৈলুঁ, ছন্ন হৈল মন ॥ ৫১ ॥
ki kāya sannyāse mora, prema nija-dhana ye-kāle sannyāsa kailuṅ, channa haila mana
English translation
Translation
“I had no business in accepting the renounced order and sacrificing My love for My mother, which is My real property. Actually I was in a crazy state of mind when I accepted sannyāsa.
Word meanings
ki kāya — what business ; sannyāse — in the renounced order ; mora — of Me ; prema — love ; nija - dhana — My real wealth ; ye - kāle — at which time ; sannyāsa kailuṅ — I accepted the renounced order ; channa — deranged ; haila — was ; mana — mind .
Madhya-lila 15.52
Sourceনীলাচলে আছোঁ মুঞি তাঁহার আজ্ঞাতে । মধ্যে মধ্যে আসিমু তাঁর চরণ দেখিতে ॥ ৫২ ॥
nīlācale āchoṅ muñi tāṅhāra ājñāte madhye madhye āsimu tāṅra caraṇa dekhite
English translation
Translation
“I am staying here at Jagannātha Purī, Nīlācala, to comply with her orders. But at intervals I go see her lotus feet.
Word meanings
nīlācale āchoṅ — stay at Jagannātha Purī, Nīlācala ; muñi — I ; tāṅhāra ājñāte — under her order ; madhye madhye — at intervals ; āsimu — I shall go ; tāṅra — her ; caraṇa dekhite — to see the lotus feet .
Madhya-lila 15.53
Sourceনিত্য যাই’ দেখি মুঞি তাঁহার চরণে । স্ফূর্তি-জ্ঞানে তেঁহো তাহা সত্য নাহি মানে ॥ ৫৩ ॥
nitya yāi’ dekhi muñi tāṅhāra caraṇe sphūrti-jñāne teṅho tāhā satya nāhi māne
English translation
Translation
“Indeed, I go there daily to see her lotus feet. She is able to feel My presence, although she does not believe it to be true.
Word meanings
nitya yāi’ — going daily ; dekhi — see ; muñi — I ; tāṅhāra caraṇe — her lotus feet ; sphūrti - jñāne — feeling My presence ; teṅho — she ; tāhā — that ; satya nāhi māne — does not accept as true .
Madhya-lila 15.54-55
Sourceএকদিন শাল্যন্ন, ব্যঞ্জন পাঁচ-সাত । শাক, মোচা-ঘণ্ট, ভৃষ্ট-পটোল-নিম্বপাত ॥ ৫৪ ॥ লেম্বু-আদাখণ্ড, দধি, দুগ্ধ, খণ্ড-সার । শালগ্ৰামে সমর্পিলেন বহু উপহার ॥ ৫৫ ॥
eka-dina śāly-anna, vyañjana pāṅca-sāta śāka, mocā-ghaṇṭa, bhṛṣṭa-paṭola-nimba-pāta lembu-ādā-khaṇḍa, dadhi, dugdha, khaṇḍa-sāra śālagrāme samarpilena bahu upahāra
English translation
Translation
“One day My mother, Śacī, offered food to Śālagrāma Viṣṇu. She offered rice cooked from śāli paddies, various kinds of vegetables, spinach, curry made of banana flowers, fried paṭola with nimba leaves, pieces of ginger with lemon, and also yogurt, milk, sugar candy and many other foods.
Word meanings
eka - dina — one day ; śāli - anna — cooked rice made of śāli paddy ; vyañjana — vegetables ; pāṅca - sāta — five to seven different kinds ; śāka — spinach ; mocā - ghaṇṭa — curry made from banana flowers ; bhṛṣṭa — fried ; paṭola — paṭola vegetables ; nimba - pāta — with leaves of the nimba tree ; lembu — lemon ; ādā - khaṇḍa — pieces of ginger ; dadhi — yogurt ; dugdha — milk ; khaṇḍa - sāra — sugar candy ; śālagrāme — unto Lord Viṣṇu in the form of the śālagrāma ; samarpilena — offered ; bahu upahāra — many other varieties of food .
Madhya-lila 15.56
Sourceপ্রসাদ লঞা কোলে করেন ক্রন্দন । নিমাইর প্রিয় মোর — এসব ব্যঞ্জন ॥ ৫৬ ॥
prasāda lañā kole karena krandana nimāira priya mora — e-saba vyañjana
English translation
Translation
“Taking the food upon her lap, Mother was crying to think that all that food was very dear to her Nimāi.
Word meanings
prasāda lañā — taking the remnants of food ; kole — on her lap ; karena krandana — was crying ; nimāira — of Nimāi ; priya — favorite ; mora — my ; e - saba vyañjana — all these varieties of cooked food .
Madhya-lila 15.57
Sourceনিমাঞি নাহিক এথা, কে করে ভোজন । মোর ধ্যানে অশ্রুজলে ভরিল নয়ন ॥ ৫৭ ॥
nimāñi nāhika ethā, ke kare bhojana mora dhyāne aśru-jale bharila nayana
English translation
Translation
“My mother was thinking, ‘Nimāi is not here. Who will accept all this food?’ As she meditated upon Me in this way, her eyes filled with tears.
Word meanings
nimāñi — Nimāi ; nāhika ethā — is not present here ; ke kare bhojana — who will eat them ; mora dhyāne — on meditation upon Me ; aśru - jale — with tears ; bharila nayana — eyes become filled .
Madhya-lila 15.58
Sourceশীঘ্র যাই’ মুঞি সব করিনু ভক্ষণ । শূন্যপাত্র দেখি’ অশ্রু করিয়া মার্জন ॥ ৫৮ ॥
śīghra yāi’ muñi saba karinu bhakṣaṇa śūnya-pātra dekhi’ aśru kariyā mārjana
English translation
Translation
“While she was thus thinking and crying, I immediately went there with great haste and ate everything. Seeing the dish empty, she wiped her tears away.
Word meanings
śīghra — very soon ; yāi’ — going ; muñi — I ; saba — all ; karinu bhakṣaṇa — ate ; śūnya - pātra dekhi’ — seeing the dish empty ; aśru — tears ; kariyā mārjana — smearing with her hands .
Madhya-lila 15.59
Source‘কে অন্ন-ব্যঞ্জন খাইল, শূন্য কেনে পাত ? বালগোপাল কিবা খাইল সব ভাত ? ৫৯ ॥
‘ke anna-vyañjana khāila, śūnya kene pāta? bālagopāla kibā khāila saba bhāta?
English translation
Translation
“She then began to wonder who had eaten all that food. ‘Why is the plate empty?’ she wondered, doubting that Bāla-gopāla had eaten it all.
Word meanings
ke — who ; anna - vyañjana khāila — has eaten all this food ; śūnya kene pāta — why is the dish empty ; bāla - gopāla — the Deity Bāla-gopāla ; kibā khāila — did He eat ; saba bhāta — all the rice .
Madhya-lila 15.60
Sourceকিবা মোর কথায় মনে ভ্রম হঞা গেল ! কিবা কোন জন্তু আসি’ সকল খাইল ? ৬০ ॥
kibā mora kathāya mane bhrama hañā gela! kibā kona jantu āsi’ sakala khāila?
English translation
Translation
“She began to wonder whether there had actually been anything on the plate in the first place. Then again she thought that some animal might have come and eaten everything.
Word meanings
kibā — or ; mora kathāya — when I was thinking like that ; mane — in the mind ; bhrama hañā gela — I was mistaken ; kibā — or ; kona jantu — some animal ; āsi’ — coming ; sakala khāila — ate everything .
Madhya-lila 15.61
Sourceকিবা আমি অন্নপাত্রে ভ্রমে না বাড়িল !’ এত চিন্তি’ পাক-পাত্র যাঞা দেখিল ॥ ৬১ ॥
kibā āmi anna-pātre bhrame nā bāḍila!’ eta cinti’ pāka-pātra yāñā dekhila
English translation
Translation
“She thought, ‘Perhaps by mistake I did not put any food on the plate.’ So thinking, she went into the kitchen and saw the pots.
Word meanings
kibā — or ; āmi — I ; anna - pātre — on the plate for food ; bhrame — by mistake ; nā bāḍila — did not put anything ; eta cinti’ — thinking this ; pāka - pātra — the kitchen pots ; yāñā dekhila — went and saw .
Madhya-lila 15.62
Sourceঅন্নব্যঞ্জনপূর্ণ দেখি’ সকল ভাজনে । দেখিয়া সংশয় হৈল কিছু চমৎকার মনে ॥ ৬২ ॥
anna-vyañjana-pūrṇa dekhi’ sakala bhājane dekhiyā saṁśaya haila kichu camatkāra mane
English translation
Translation
“When she saw that all the pots were still filled with rice and vegetables, there was some doubt in her mind, and she was astonished.
Word meanings
anna - vyañjana - pūrṇa — filled with rice and vegetables ; dekhi’ — seeing ; sakala bhājane — all the cooking pots ; dekhiyā — seeing ; saṁśaya haila — there was doubt ; kichu — some ; camatkāra — wonder ; mane — in the mind .
Madhya-lila 15.63
Sourceঈশানে বোলাঞা পুনঃ স্থান লেপাইল । পুনরপি গোপালকে অন্ন সমর্পিল ॥ ৬৩ ॥
īśāne bolāñā punaḥ sthāna lepāila punarapi gopālake anna samarpila
English translation
Translation
“Thus wondering, she called Īśāna, the servant, and had the place cleaned again. She then offered another plate to Gopāla.
Word meanings
īśāne — to Īśāna, the servant ; bolāñā — calling ; punaḥ — again ; sthāna — the place ; lepāila — cleaned ; punarapi — again ; gopālake — unto Gopāla ; anna — cooked rice and vegetables ; samarpila — offered .
Madhya-lila 15.64
Sourceএইমত যবে করেন উত্তম রন্ধন । মোরে খাওয়াইতে করে উৎকণ্ঠায় রোদন ॥ ৬৪ ॥
ei-mata yabe karena uttama randhana more khāoyāite kare utkaṇṭhāya rodana
English translation
Translation
“Now whenever she prepares some good cooked food and wants to feed it to Me, she cries in great anxiety.
Word meanings
ei - mata — in this way ; yabe — when ; karena — does ; uttama randhana — first-class cooking ; more — Me ; khāoyāite — to feed ; kare — does ; utkaṇṭhāya — with great anxiety ; rodana — crying .
Madhya-lila 15.65
Sourceতাঁর প্রেমে আনি’ আমায় করায় ভোজনে । অন্তরে মানয়ে সুখ, বাহ্যে নাহি মানে ॥ ৬৫ ॥
tāṅra preme āni’ āmāya karāya bhojane antare mānaye sukha, bāhye nāhi māne
English translation
Translation
“Being obliged by her love, I am brought there to eat. Mother knows all these things internally and feels happiness, but externally she does not accept them.
Word meanings
tāṅra preme — by her love ; āni’ — bringing ; āmāya — Me ; karāya bhojane — causes to eat ; antare — within herself ; mānaye — she feels ; sukha — happiness ; bāhye — externally ; nāhi māne — does not accept .
Madhya-lila 15.66
Sourceএই বিজয়া-দশমীতে হৈল এই রীতি । তাঁহাকে পুছিয়া তাঁর করাইহ প্ৰতীতি ॥ ৬৬ ॥
ei vijayā-daśamīte haila ei rīti tāṅhāke puchiyā tāṅra karāiha pratīti
English translation
Translation
“Such an incident took place on the last Vijayā-daśamī day. You can ask her about this incident and thus make her believe that I actually go there.”
Word meanings
ei vijayā - daśamīte — on the previous Vijayā-daśamī day ; haila — there was ; ei rīti — such an incident ; tāṅhāke — unto her ; puchiyā — asking ; tāṅra — her ; karāiha — make ; pratīti — belief .
Madhya-lila 15.67
Sourceএতেক কহিতে প্রভু বিহ্বল হইলা । লোক বিদায় করিতে প্রভু ধৈর্য ধরিলা ॥ ৬৭ ॥
eteka kahite prabhu vihvala ha-ilā loka vidāya karite prabhu dhairya dharilā
English translation
Translation
While describing all this, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu became a little overwhelmed, but just to finish bidding farewell to the devotees, He remained patient.
Word meanings
eteka kahite — saying this ; prabhu — Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; vihvala ha - ilā — became overwhelmed ; loka vidāya karite — to bid farewell to the devotees ; prabhu — Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; dhairya dharilā — maintained patience .
Madhya-lila 15.68
Sourceরাঘব পণ্ডিতে কহেন বচন সরস । ‘তোমার শুদ্ধ প্রেমে আমি হই’ তোমার বশ ॥ ৬৮ ॥
rāghava paṇḍite kahena vacana sarasa ‘tomāra śuddha preme āmi ha-i’ tomāra vaśa’
English translation
Translation
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu next spoke some relishable words to Rāghava Paṇḍita. He said, “I am obliged to you due to your pure love for Me.”
Word meanings
rāghava paṇḍite — unto Rāghava Paṇḍita ; kahena — says ; vacana — words ; sa - rasa — very relishable ; tomāra — your ; śuddha preme — by pure devotional service ; āmi ha - i’ — I become ; tomāra — your ; vaśa — under obligation .
Madhya-lila 15.69
Sourceইঁহার কৃষ্ণসেবার কথা শুন, সর্বজন । পরম পবিত্র সেবা অতি সর্বোত্তম ॥ ৬৯ ॥
iṅhāra kṛṣṇa-sevāra kathā śuna, sarva-jana parama-pavitra sevā ati sarvottama
English translation
Translation
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu then informed everyone, “Just hear about the pure devotional service rendered to Kṛṣṇa by Rāghava Paṇḍita. Indeed, Rāghava Paṇḍita’s service is supremely pure and highly accomplished.
Word meanings
iṅhāra — of him ; kṛṣṇa - sevāra — of service to Lord Kṛṣṇa ; kathā — stories ; śuna — hear ; sarva - jana — all people ; parama - pavitra — supremely pure ; sevā — service ; ati — very much ; sarva - uttama — well accomplished .
Madhya-lila 15.70
Sourceআর দ্রব্য রহু — শুন নারিকেলের কথা । পাঁচ গণ্ডা করি’ নারিকেল বিকায় তথা ॥ ৭০ ॥
āra dravya rahu — śuna nārikelera kathā pāṅca gaṇḍā kari’ nārikela vikāya tathā
English translation
Translation
“Apart from other commodities, just hear about his offering of coconuts. A coconut is sold at the rate of five gaṇḍās each.
Word meanings
āra dravya rahu — apart from the other commodities ; śuna — just hear ; nārikelera kathā — the incident of offering coconuts ; pāṅca gaṇḍā kari’ — at the price of five gaṇḍās ; nārikela — coconut ; vikāya — is sold ; tathā — there .
Madhya-lila 15.71
Sourceবাটিতে কত শত বৃক্ষে লক্ষ লক্ষ ফল । তথাপি শুনেন যথা মিষ্ট নারিকেল ॥ ৭১ ॥
vāṭite kata śata vṛkṣe lakṣa lakṣa phala tathāpi śunena yathā miṣṭa nārikela
English translation
Translation
“Although he already has hundreds of trees and millions of fruits, he is still very eager to hear about the place where sweet coconuts are available.
Word meanings
vāṭite — in his garden ; kata śata — how many hundreds of ; vṛkṣe — trees ; lakṣa lakṣa phala — millions of fruits ; tathāpi — still ; śunena — hears ; yathā — where ; miṣṭa nārikela — sweet coconut .
Madhya-lila 15.72
Sourceএক এক ফলের মূল্য দিয়া চারিচারি পণ । দশক্রোশ হৈতে আনায় করিয়া যতন ॥ ৭২ ॥
eka eka phalera mūlya diyā cāri-cāri paṇa daśa-krośa haite ānāya kariyā yatana
English translation
Translation
“He collects coconuts with great endeavor from a place twenty miles away, and he pays four paṇas each for them.
Word meanings
eka eka phalera — of each and every fruit ; mūlya — price ; diyā — paying ; cāri - cāri paṇa — four paṇas each (one paṇa equals twenty gaṇḍās ) ; daśa - krośa — twenty miles away ; haite — from ; ānāya — brings ; kariyā yatana — with great endeavor .
Madhya-lila 15.73
Sourceপ্রতিদিন পাঁচ-সাত ফল ছোলাঞা । সুশীতল করিতে রাখে জলে ডুবাইঞা ॥ ৭৩ ॥
prati-dina pāṅca-sāta phala cholāñā suśītala karite rākhe jale ḍubāiñā
English translation
Translation
“Every day five to seven coconuts are clipped and put into water to keep cool.
Word meanings
prati - dina — each day ; pāṅca - sāta — five to seven ; phala — fruits ; cholāñā — clipping ; su - śītala karite — to make it very cool ; rākhe — keeps ; jale — in water ; ḍubāiñā — immersing .
Madhya-lila 15.74
Sourceভোগের সময় পুনঃ ছুলি’ সংস্করি’ । কৃষ্ণে সমর্পণ করে মুখ ছিদ্র করি’ ॥ ৭৪ ॥
bhogera samaya punaḥ chuli’ saṁskari’ kṛṣṇe samarpaṇa kare mukha chidra kari’
English translation
Translation
“At the time of offering bhoga, the coconuts are again clipped and cleansed. After holes are made in them at the top, they are offered to Lord Kṛṣṇa.
Word meanings
bhogera samaya — at the time of offering bhoga ; punaḥ — again ; chuli’ — clipping ; saṁskari’ — cleansing ; kṛṣṇe — unto Lord Kṛṣṇa ; samarpaṇa — offering ; kare — makes ; mukha — at the top ; chidra kari’ — making a hole .
Madhya-lila 15.75
Sourceকৃষ্ণ সেই নারিকেল-জল পান করি’ । কভু শূন্য ফল রাখেন, কভু জল ভরি’ ॥ ৭৫ ॥
kṛṣṇa sei nārikela-jala pāna kari’ kabhu śūnya phala rākhena, kabhu jala bhari’
English translation
Translation
“Lord Kṛṣṇa drinks the juice from these coconuts, and sometimes the coconuts are left drained of juice. At other times the coconuts remain filled with juice.
Word meanings
kṛṣṇa — Lord Kṛṣṇa ; sei — that ; nārikela - jala — water of the coconut ; pāna kari’ — drinking ; kabhu — sometimes ; śūnya — vacant ; phala rākhena — leaves the fruit ; kabhu — sometimes ; jala bhari’ — being filled with water .
Madhya-lila 15.76
Sourceজলশূন্য ফল দেখি’ পণ্ডিত — হরষিত । ফল ভাঙ্গি’ শস্যে করে সৎপাত্র পূরিত ॥ ৭৬ ॥
jala-śūnya phala dekhi’ paṇḍita — haraṣita phala bhāṅgi’ śasye kare sat-pātra pūrita
English translation
Translation
“When Rāghava Paṇḍita sees that the juice has been drunk from the coconuts, he is very pleased. He then breaks the coconuts, takes out the pulp and puts it on another plate.
Word meanings
jala - śūnya — without water ; phala — fruit ; dekhi’ — by seeing ; paṇḍita — Rāghava Paṇḍita ; haraṣita — very pleased ; phala bhāṅgi’ — breaking the fruit ; śasye — with the pulp ; kare — makes ; sat - pātra — another plate ; pūrita — filled .
Madhya-lila 15.77
Sourceশস্য সমর্পণ করি’ বাহিরে ধেয়ান । শস্য খাঞা কৃষ্ণ করে শূন্য ভাজন ॥ ৭৭ ॥
śasya samarpaṇa kari’ bāhire dheyāna śasya khāñā kṛṣṇa kare śūnya bhājana
English translation
Translation
“After offering the pulp, he meditates outside the temple door. In the meantime, Lord Kṛṣṇa, having eaten the pulp, leaves the plate empty.
Word meanings
śasya — the pulp ; samarpaṇa kari’ — offering ; bāhire — outside the temple room ; dheyāna — meditates ; śasya khāñā — eating the pulp ; kṛṣṇa — Lord Kṛṣṇa ; kare — makes ; śūnya — vacant ; bhājana — the plate .
Madhya-lila 15.78
Sourceকভু শস্য খাঞা পুনঃ পাত্র ভরে শাঁসে । শ্রদ্ধা বাড়ে পণ্ডিতের, প্রেমসিন্ধু ভাসে ॥ ৭৮ ॥
kabhu śasya khāñā punaḥ pātra bhare śāṁse śraddhā bāḍe paṇḍitera, prema-sindhu bhāse
English translation
Translation
“Sometimes, after eating the pulp, Kṛṣṇa fills the plate again with new pulp. In this way, the faith of Rāghava Paṇḍita increases, and he floats in an ocean of love.
Word meanings
kabhu — sometimes ; śasya khāñā — eating the pulp ; punaḥ — again ; pātra — the plate ; bhare — fills ; śāṁse — with pulp ; śraddhā — faith ; bāḍe — increases ; paṇḍitera — of Rāghava Paṇḍita ; prema - sindhu — in the ocean of love ; bhāse — floats .
Madhya-lila 15.79
Sourceএক দিন ফল দশ সংস্কার করিয়া । ভোগ লাগাইতে সেবক আইল লঞা ॥ ৭৯ ॥
eka dina phala daśa saṁskāra kariyā bhoga lāgāite sevaka āila lañā
English translation
Translation
“One day it so happened that about ten coconuts were properly clipped and brought by a servant to offer to the Deity.
Word meanings
eka dina — one day ; phala — fruits ; daśa — ten ; saṁskāra kariyā — after cleansing ; bhoga lāgāite — to offer bhoga ; sevaka — servant ; āila — came ; lañā — taking .
Madhya-lila 15.80
Sourceঅবসর নাহি হয়, বিলম্ব হইল । ফল-পাত্র-হাতে সেবক দ্বারে ত’ রহিল ॥ ৮০ ॥
avasara nāhi haya, vilamba ha-ila phala-pātra-hāte sevaka dvāre ta’ rahila
English translation
Translation
“When the coconuts were brought, there was little time to offer them because it was already late. The servant, holding the container of coconuts, remained standing at the door.
Word meanings
avasara nāhi haya — there was little time ; vilamba ha - ila — it was late ; phala - pātra — the pot of fruits ; hāte — in the hands ; sevaka — the servant ; dvāre — at the door ; ta’ — indeed ; rahila — remained .
Madhya-lila 15.81
Sourceদ্বারের উপর ভিতে তেঁহো হাত দিল । সেই হাতে ফল ছুঁইল, পণ্ডিত দেখিল ॥ ৮১ ॥
dvārera upara bhite teṅho hāta dila sei hāte phala chuṅila, paṇḍita dekhila
English translation
Translation
“Rāghava Paṇḍita then saw that the servant touched the ceiling above the door and then touched the coconuts with the same hand.
Word meanings
dvārera upara — above the door ; bhite — on the ceiling ; teṅho — he ; hāta dila — brushed his hand ; sei hāte — with that hand ; phala chuṅila — touched the fruit ; paṇḍita — Rāghava Paṇḍita ; dekhila — saw .
Madhya-lila 15.82
Sourceপণ্ডিত কহে, — দ্বারে লোক করে গতায়াতে । তার পদধূলি উড়ি’ লাগে উপর ভিতে ॥ ৮২ ॥
paṇḍita kahe, — dvāre loka kare gatāyāte tāra pada-dhūli uḍi’ lāge upara bhite
English translation
Translation
“Rāghava Paṇḍita then said, ‘People are always coming and going through that door. The dust from their feet blows up and touches the ceiling.
Word meanings
paṇḍita kahe — Rāghava Paṇḍita said ; dvāre — through the door ; loka — people in general ; kare — do ; gatāyāte — coming and going ; tāra — their ; pada - dhūli — dust of the feet ; uḍi’ — being blown ; lāge — touches ; upara — upward ; bhite — the ceiling .
Madhya-lila 15.83
Sourceসেই ভিতে হাত দিয়া ফল পরশিলা । কৃষ্ণ-যোগ্য নহে, ফল অপবিত্র হৈলা ॥ ৮৩ ॥
sei bhite hāta diyā phala paraśilā kṛṣṇa-yogya nahe, phala apavitra hailā
English translation
Translation
“ ‘After touching the ceiling above the door, you have touched the coconuts. Now they are no longer fit to be offered to Kṛṣṇa because they are contaminated.’
Word meanings
sei bhite — on that ceiling ; hāta diyā — touching your hand ; phala — the fruits ; paraśilā — touched ; kṛṣṇa - yogya nahe — is not fit to be offered to Kṛṣṇa ; phala — the fruits ; apavitra hailā — has become contaminated .
Purport
Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura states that Rāghava Paṇḍita was not simply a crazy fellow suffering from some cleansing mania. He did not belong to the mundane world. In lower consciousness, accepting something to be spiritual when it is actually material is called bhauma ijya-dhīḥ. Rāghava Paṇḍita was an eternal servant of Kṛṣṇa, and everything he saw was related to the service of the Lord. He was always absorbed in the transcendental thought of how he could always serve Kṛṣṇa with everything. Sometimes neophytes, devotees on the lower platform, try to imitate Rāghava Paṇḍita on the platform of material purity and impurity. Such imitation will not help anyone. As explained in the Caitanya-caritāmṛta ( Antya-līlā 4.174), bhadrābhadra-vastu-jñāna nāhika ‘prākṛte.’ On the transcendental platform there is no higher or lower, pure or impure. On the material platform, distinction is made between good and bad, but on the spiritual platform everything is of the same quality.
‘dvaite’ bhadrābhadra-jñāna, saba — ‘manodharma’ ‘ei bhāla, ei manda’, — ei saba ‘bhrama’
“In the material world, conceptions of good and bad are all mental speculations. Therefore, saying ‘This is good and that is bad’ is all a mistake.” (Cc. Antya 4.176)
Madhya-lila 15.84
Sourceএত বলি’ ফল ফেলে প্রাচীর লঙ্ঘিয়া । ঐছে পবিত্র প্রেম-সেবা জগৎ জিনিয়া ॥ ৮৪ ॥
eta bali’ phala phele prācīra laṅghiyā aiche pavitra prema-sevā jagat jiniyā
English translation
Translation
“Such is the service of Rāghava Paṇḍita. He did not accept the coconuts but threw them over the wall. His service is purely based on unalloyed love, and it conquers the whole world.
Word meanings
eta bali’ — saying this ; phala phele — throws away the fruits ; prācīra laṅghiyā — across the boundary wall ; aiche — such ; pavitra — pure ; prema - sevā — service in love ; jagat jiniyā — conquering all the world .
Madhya-lila 15.85
Sourceতবে আর নারিকেল সংস্কার করাইল । পরম পবিত্র করি’ ভোগ লাগাইল ॥ ৮৫ ॥
tabe āra nārikela saṁskāra karāila parama pavitra kari’ bhoga lāgāila
English translation
Translation
“Thereafter, Rāghava Paṇḍita had other coconuts gathered, cleansed and clipped, and with great attention he offered them to the Deity to eat.
Word meanings
tabe — thereafter ; āra — other ; nārikela — coconuts ; saṁskāra karāila — had clipped and cleaned ; parama pavitra kari’ — with great attention to keep them pure ; bhoga lāgāila — offered for eating .
Madhya-lila 15.86
Sourceএইমত কলা, আম্র, নারঙ্গ, কাঁঠাল । যাহা যাহা দূর-গ্রামে শুনিয়াছে ভাল ॥ ৮৬ ॥
ei-mata kalā, āmra, nāraṅga, kāṅṭhāla yāhā yāhā dūra-grāme śuniyāche bhāla
English translation
Translation
“In this way, from distant villages he collects excellent bananas, mangoes, oranges, jackfruits and whatever other first-class fruits he has heard about.
Word meanings
ei - mata — in this way ; kalā — bananas ; āmra — mangoes ; nāraṅga — oranges ; kāṅṭhāla — jackfruit ; yāhā yāhā — whatever ; dūra - grāme — in distant villages ; śuniyāche — he heard ; bhāla — good .
Madhya-lila 15.87
Sourceবহুমূল্য দিয়া আনি’ করিয়া যতন । পবিত্র সংস্কার করি’ করে নিবেদন ॥ ৮৭ ॥
bahu-mūlya diyā āni’ kariyā yatana pavitra saṁskāra kari’ kare nivedana
English translation
Translation
“All these fruits are collected from distant places and bought at a high price. After trimming them with great care and purity, Rāghava Paṇḍita offers them to the Deity.
Word meanings
bahu - mūlya — high price ; diyā — offering ; āni’ — bringing ; kariyā yatana — with great attention ; pavitra — purified ; saṁskāra kari’ — trimming ; kare nivedana — offers to the Deity .
Madhya-lila 15.88
Sourceএই মত ব্যঞ্জনের শাক, মূল, ফল । এত মত চিড়া, হুড়ুম, সন্দেশ সকল ॥ ৮৮ ॥
ei mata vyañjanera śāka, mūla, phala ei mata ciḍā, huḍuma, sandeśa sakala
English translation
Translation
“Thus with great care and attention Rāghava Paṇḍita prepares spinach, other vegetables, radishes, fruits, chipped rice, powdered rice and sweetmeats.
Word meanings
ei mata — in this way ; vyañjanera — of vegetables ; śāka — spinach ; mūla — radishes ; phala — fruits ; ei mata — in this way ; ciḍā — chipped rice ; huḍuma — powdered rice ; sandeśa — sweetmeats ; sakala — all .
Madhya-lila 15.89
Sourceএইমত পিঠা-পানা, ক্ষীর-ওদন । পরম পবিত্র, আর করে সর্বোত্তম ॥ ৮৯ ॥
ei-mata piṭhā-pānā, kṣīra-odana parama pavitra, āra kare sarvottama
English translation
Translation
“He prepares cakes, sweet rice, condensed milk and everything else with great attention, and the cooking conditions are purified so that the food is first class and delicious.
Word meanings
ei - mata — in this way ; piṭhā - pānā — cakes and sweet rice ; kṣīra - odana — condensed milk ; parama pavitra — highly purified ; āra — and ; kare — he makes ; sarva - uttama — first class, tasteful .
Madhya-lila 15.90
Sourceকাশম্দি, আচার আদি অনেক প্রকার । গন্ধ, বস্ত্র, অলঙ্কার, সর্ব দ্রব্য-সার ॥ ৯০ ॥
kāśamdi, ācāra ādi aneka prakāra gandha, vastra, alaṅkāra, sarva dravya-sāra
English translation
Translation
“Rāghava Paṇḍita also offers all kinds of pickles, such as kāśamdi. He offers various scents, garments, ornaments and the best of everything.
Word meanings
kāśamdi — a kind of pickle ; ācāra — other pickles ; ādi — and so on ; aneka prakāra — of many varieties ; gandha — scents ; vastra — clothing ; alaṅkāra — ornaments ; sarva — all ; dravya — of things ; sāra — best .
Madhya-lila 15.91
Sourceএইমত প্রেমের সেবা করে অনুপম । যাহা দেখি’ সর্বলোকের জুড়ায় নয়ন ॥ ৯১ ॥
ei-mata premera sevā kare anupama yāhā dekhi’ sarva-lokera juḍāya nayana
English translation
Translation
“Thus Rāghava Paṇḍita serves the Lord in an incomparable way. Everyone is very much satisfied just to see him.”
Word meanings
ei - mata — in this way ; premera sevā — service in love ; kare — performs ; anupama — without comparison ; yāhā dekhi’ — seeing which ; sarva - lokera — of all people ; juḍāya — become pleased ; nayana — the eyes .
Madhya-lila 15.92
Sourceএত বলি’ রাঘবেরে কৈল আলিঙ্গনে । এইমত সম্মানিল সর্ব ভক্তগণে ॥ ৯২ ॥
eta bali’ rāghavere kaila āliṅgane ei-mata sammānila sarva bhakta-gaṇe
English translation
Translation
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu then mercifully embraced Rāghava Paṇḍita. The Lord also offered all the other devotees a farewell with similar respect.
Word meanings
eta bali’ — saying this ; rāghavere — Rāghava Paṇḍita ; kaila āliṅgane — He embraced ; ei - mata — in this way ; sammānila — showed respect ; sarva — all ; bhakta - gaṇe — to the devotees .
Madhya-lila 15.93
Sourceশিবানন্দ সেনে কহে করিয়া সম্মান । বাসুদেব-দত্তের তুমি করিহ সমাধান ॥ ৯৩ ॥
śivānanda sene kahe kariyā sammāna vāsudeva-dattera tumi kariha samādhāna
English translation
Translation
The Lord also respectfully told Śivānanda Sena, “Take care of Vāsudeva Datta very nicely.
Word meanings
śivānanda sene — unto Śivānanda Sena ; kahe — says ; kariyā sammāna — with great respect ; vāsudeva - dattera — of Vāsudeva Datta ; tumi — you ; kariha — take ; samādhāna — care .
Madhya-lila 15.94
Sourceপরম উদার ইঁহো, যে দিন যে আইসে । সেই দিনে ব্যয় করে, নাহি রাখে শেষে ॥ ৯৪ ॥
parama udāra iṅho, ye dina ye āise sei dine vyaya kare, nāhi rākhe śeṣe
English translation
Translation
“Vāsudeva Datta is very liberal. Every day, whatever income he receives, he spends. He does not keep any balance.
Word meanings
parama udāra — very liberal ; iṅho — he ; ye dina — every day ; ye āise — whatever he gets ; sei dine — on that very day ; vyaya kare — spends ; nāhi — does not ; rākhe — keep ; śeṣe — any balance .
Madhya-lila 15.95
Source‘গৃহস্থ’ হয়েন ইঁহো, চাহিয়ে সঞ্চয় । সঞ্চয় না কৈলে কুটুম্ব-ভরণ নাহি হয় ॥ ৯৫ ॥
‘gṛhastha’ hayena iṅho, cāhiye sañcaya sañcaya nā kaile kuṭumba-bharaṇa nāhi haya
English translation
Translation
“Being a householder, Vāsudeva Datta needs to save some money. Because he is not doing so, it is very difficult for him to maintain his family.
Word meanings
gṛhastha — householder ; hayena — is ; iṅho — he (Vāsudeva Datta) ; cāhiye sañcaya — requires to save some money ; sañcaya nā kaile — without saving money ; kuṭumba - bharaṇa — maintenance of a family ; nāhi haya — is not possible .
Madhya-lila 15.96
Sourceইহার ঘরের আয়-ব্যয় সব — তোমার স্থানে । ‘সরখেল’ হঞা তুমি করিহ সমাধানে ॥ ৯৬ ॥
ihāra gharera āya-vyaya saba — tomāra sthāne ‘sara khela’ hañā tumi kariha samādhāne
English translation
Translation
“Please take care of Vāsudeva Datta’s family affairs. Become his manager and make the proper adjustments.
Word meanings
ihāra — of Vāsudeva Datta ; gharera — of household affairs ; āya - vyaya — income and expenditures ; saba — all ; tomāra sthāne — at your place ; sara khela hañā — being the manager ; tumi — you ; kariha samādhāne — arrange .
Purport
Vāsudeva Datta and Śivānanda Sena were living in the same neighborhood, which is presently called Kumārahaṭṭa or Hālisahara.
Madhya-lila 15.97
Sourceপ্রতিবর্ষে আমার সব ভক্তগণ লঞা । গুণ্ডিচায় আসিবে সবায় পালন করিয়া ॥ ৯৭ ॥
prati-varṣe āmāra saba bhakta-gaṇa lañā guṇḍicāya āsibe sabāya pālana kariyā
English translation
Translation
“Come every year and bring all My devotees with you to the Guṇḍicā festival. I also request you to maintain all of them.”
Word meanings
prati - varṣe — each and every year ; āmāra — My ; saba — all ; bhakta - gaṇa lañā — accompanied by the devotees ; guṇḍicāya — to perform the Guṇḍicā cleansing festival ; āsibe — you will come ; sabāya — to everyone ; pālana kariyā — providing maintenance .
Madhya-lila 15.98
Sourceকুলীনগ্ৰামীরে কহে সম্মান করিয়া । প্রত্যব্দ আসিবে যাত্রায় পট্টডোরী লঞা ॥ ৯৮ ॥
kulīna-grāmīre kahe sammāna kariyā pratyabda āsibe yātrāya paṭṭa-ḍorī lañā
English translation
Translation
The Lord then with great respect extended an invitation to all the inhabitants of Kulīna-grāma, asking them to come every year and bring silken rope to carry Lord Jagannātha during the Ratha-yātrā festival.
Word meanings
kulīna - grāmīre — unto the inhabitants of Kulīna-grāma ; kahe — says ; sammāna kariyā — with great respect ; prati - abda — each year ; āsibe — please come ; yātrāya — during the Ratha-yātrā festival ; paṭṭa - ḍorī — silken rope ; lañā — taking .
Madhya-lila 15.99
Sourceগুণরাজ-খাঁন কৈল শ্রীকৃষ্ণবিজয় । তাহাঁ একবাক্য তাঁর আছে প্রেমময় ॥ ৯৯ ॥
guṇarāja-khāṅna kaila śrī-kṛṣṇa-vijaya tāhāṅ eka-vākya tāṅra āche premamaya
English translation
Translation
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu then said, “Guṇarāja Khān of Kulīna-grāma compiled a book named Śrī Kṛṣṇa-vijaya, in which there is a sentence revealing the author’s ecstatic love of Kṛṣṇa.”
Word meanings
guṇarāja - khāṅna — Guṇarāja Khān ; kaila — compiled ; śrī - kṛṣṇa - vijaya — the book named Śrī Kṛṣṇa-vijaya ; tāhāṅ — there ; eka - vākya — one sentence ; tāṅra — of it ; āche — is ; prema - maya — full of love of Kṛṣṇa .
Purport
Śrī Kṛṣṇa-vijaya is a book of poems considered to be the first poetry book written in Bengal. Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura states that this book was begun in the year 1395 Śakābda (A.D. 1473). After seven years, it was completed (in 1402 Śakābda). This book was written in plain language, and even half-educated Bengalis and women could read it very clearly. Even ordinary men with little knowledge of the alphabet could read this book and understand it. Its language is not very ornamental, and sometimes the poetry is not very sweet to hear. Although according to the sonnet style each line should contain fourteen syllables, there are sometimes sixteen, twelve or thirteen syllables in his verse. Many words used in those days could be understood only by local inhabitants, yet this book is still so popular that no bookstore is complete without it. It is very valuable for those who are interested in advancing in Kṛṣṇa consciousness.
Śrī Guṇarāja Khān was one of the topmost Vaiṣṇavas, and he translated the Tenth and Eleventh Cantos of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam for the understanding of the common man. The book Śrī Kṛṣṇa-vijaya was highly praised by Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, and it is very valuable for all Vaiṣṇavas. Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura gives a genealogical table and family history of Guṇarāja Khān. When a Bengali emperor named Ādiśūra first came from Kānyakubja, or Kānauj, he brought with him five brāhmaṇas and five kāyasthas. Since the king is supposed to be accompanied by his associates, the brāhmaṇas accompanied the King to help him in higher spiritual matters. The kāyasthas were to render other services. In the northern Indian high country, the kāyasthas are accepted as śūdras, but in Bengal the kāyasthas are considered among the higher castes. It is a fact that the kāyasthas came to Bengal from northern India, specifically from Kānyakubja, or Kānauj. Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura says that the kāyasthas who came from Kānyakubja were high-class men. Of them, Daśaratha Vasu was a great personality, and the thirteenth generation of his family included Guṇarāja Khān.
His real name was Mālādhara Vasu, but the title Khān was given to him by the Emperor of Bengal. Thus he became known as Guṇarāja Khān. Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura gives the following genealogical table of Guṇarāja Khān: (1) Daśaratha Vasu; (2) Kuśala; (3) Śubhaśaṅkara; (4) Haṁsa; (5) Śaktirāma (Bāgāṇḍā), Muktirāma (Māinagara) and Alaṅkāra (Baṅgaja); (6) Dāmodara; (7) Anantarāma; (8) Guṇīnāyaka and Vīṇānāyaka. The twelfth generation included Bhagīratha, and the thirteenth Mālādhara Vasu, or Guṇarāja Khān. Śrī Guṇarāja Khān had fourteen sons, of whom the second son, Lakṣmīnātha Vasu, received the title Satyarāja Khān. His son was Śrī Rāmānanda Vasu; therefore Rāmānanda Vasu belonged to the fifteenth generation. Guṇarāja Khān was a very well known and wealthy man. His palace, fort and temples are still existing, and from these we can deduce that the opulence of Guṇarāja Khān was certainly very great. Śrī Guṇarāja Khān never cared for the artificial aristocracy introduced by Ballāl Sena.
Madhya-lila 15.100
Source“নন্দনন্দন কৃষ্ণ — মোর প্রাণনাথ” । এই বাক্যে বিকাইনু তাঁর বংশের হাত ॥ ১০০ ॥
“nandanandana kṛṣṇa — mora prāṇa-nātha” ei vākye vikāinu tāṅra vaṁśera hāta
English translation
Translation
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said, “ ‘Kṛṣṇa, the son of Nanda Mahārāja, is my life and soul.’ By this statement I am sold into the hands of the descendants of Guṇarāja Khān.
Word meanings
nanda - nandana kṛṣṇa — Kṛṣṇa, the son of Nanda Mahārāja ; mora prāṇa - nātha — my life and soul ; ei vākye — because of this statement ; vikāinu — I became sold ; tāṅra — of him ; vaṁśera hāta — in the hands of the descendants .
Purport
The full verse-referred to here is:
eka-bhāve vanda hari yoḍa kari’ hāta nandanandana kṛṣṇa — mora prāṇa-nātha
“With folded hands I offer my prayers unto Kṛṣṇa, Nanda Mahārāja’s son, who is my life and soul.”
Madhya-lila 15.101
Sourceতোমার কি কথা, তোমার গ্রামের কুক্কুর । সেহ মোর প্রিয়, অন্যজন রহু দূর ॥ ১০১ ॥
tomāra ki kathā, tomāra grāmera kukkura sei mora priya, anya-jana rahu dūra
English translation
Translation
“To say nothing of you, even a dog living in your village is very dear to Me. What, then, to speak of others?”
Word meanings
tomāra — of you ; ki kathā — what to speak ; tomāra — of your ; grāmera — village ; kukkura — a dog ; sei — that ; mora — to Me ; priya — very dear ; anya - jana — others ; rahu dūra — apart from .
Madhya-lila 15.102
Sourceতবে রামানন্দ, আর সত্যরাজ খাঁন । প্রভুর চরণে কিছু কৈল নিবেদন ॥ ১০২ ॥
tabe rāmānanda, āra satyarāja khāṅna prabhura caraṇe kichu kaila nivedana
English translation
Translation
After this, Rāmānanda Vasu and Satyarāja Khān both submitted questions at the lotus feet of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.
Word meanings
tabe — after this ; rāmānanda — Rāmānanda Vasu ; āra — and ; satyarāja khāṅna — Satyarāja Khān ; prabhura caraṇe — at the lotus feet of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; kichu — some ; kaila — made ; nivedana — submission .
Madhya-lila 15.103
Sourceগৃহস্থ বিষয়ী আমি, কি মোর সাধনে । শ্রীমুখে আজ্ঞা কর প্রভু — নিবেদি চরণে ॥ ১০৩ ॥
gṛhastha viṣayī āmi, ki mora sādhane śrī-mukhe ājñā kara prabhu — nivedi caraṇe
English translation
Translation
Satyarāja Khān said, “My dear Lord, being a householder and a materialistic man, I do not know the process of advancing in spiritual life. I therefore submit myself unto Your lotus feet and request You to give me orders.”
Word meanings
gṛhastha — householder ; viṣayī — materialistic man ; āmi — I ; ki — what ; mora sādhane — the process of my advancement in spiritual life ; śrī - mukhe — from Your own mouth ; ājñā kara — please order ; prabhu — my Lord ; nivedi caraṇe — I submit unto Your lotus feet .
Madhya-lila 15.104
Sourceপ্রভু কহেন, — ‘কৃষ্ণসেবা’, ‘বৈষ্ণব-সেবন’ । ‘নিরন্তর কর কৃষ্ণনাম-সংকীর্তন’ ॥ ১০৪ ॥
prabhu kahena, — ‘kṛṣṇa-sevā’, ‘vaiṣṇava-sevana’ ‘nirantara kara kṛṣṇa-nāma-saṅkīrtana’
English translation
Translation
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu replied, “Without cessation continue chanting the holy name of Lord Kṛṣṇa. Whenever possible, serve Him and His devotees, the Vaiṣṇavas.”
Word meanings
prabhu kahena — the Lord replied ; kṛṣṇa - sevā — serving Kṛṣṇa ; vaiṣṇava - sevana — abiding by the orders of Vaiṣṇavas ; nirantara — without cessation ; kara — do ; kṛṣṇa - nāma - saṅkīrtana — chanting of the holy name of Lord Kṛṣṇa .
Madhya-lila 15.105
Sourceসত্যরাজ বলে, — বৈষ্ণব চিনিব কেমনে ? কে বৈষ্ণব, কহ তাঁর সামান্য লক্ষণে ॥ ১০৫ ॥
satyarāja bale, — vaiṣṇava ciniba kemane? ke vaiṣṇava, kaha tāṅra sāmānya lakṣaṇe
English translation
Translation
Upon hearing this, Satyarāja said, “How can I recognize a Vaiṣṇava? Please let me know what a Vaiṣṇava is. What are his common symptoms?”
Word meanings
satyarāja bale — Satyarāja Khān said ; vaiṣṇava — a Vaiṣṇava ; ciniba kemane — how shall I recognize ; ke vaiṣṇava — who is a Vaiṣṇava ; kaha — please say ; tāṅra — of him ; sāmānya lakṣaṇe — common symptoms .
Madhya-lila 15.106
Sourceপ্রভু কহে, — “যাঁর মুখে শুনি একবার । কৃষ্ণনাম, সেই পূজ্য, — শ্রেষ্ঠ সবাকার ॥” ১০৬ ॥
prabhu kahe, — “yāṅra mukhe śuni eka-bāra kṛṣṇa-nāma, sei pūjya, — śreṣṭha sabākāra”
English translation
Translation
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu replied, “Whoever chants the holy name of Kṛṣṇa just once is worshipable and is the topmost human being.
Word meanings
prabhu kahe — Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu replied ; yāṅra mukhe — in whose mouth ; śuni — I hear ; eka - bāra — once ; kṛṣṇa - nāma — the holy name of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; sei pūjya — he is worshipable ; śreṣṭha sabākāra — the best of all human beings .
Purport
Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura says that a person who simply chants the holy name of Kṛṣṇa once becomes perfect and should be regarded as a Vaiṣṇava. This is confirmed by Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī in his Upadeśāmṛta (5): kṛṣṇeti yasya giri taṁ manasādriyeta. With such faith in the holy name one may begin a life of Kṛṣṇa consciousness. But an ordinary person cannot chant the holy name of Kṛṣṇa with such faith. One should accept the holy name of Kṛṣṇa to be identical with the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Transcendence Himself. As the Padma Purāṇa states, “The holy name of Kṛṣṇa is identical with Kṛṣṇa and is like a cintāmaṇi gem, a touchstone . That name is Kṛṣṇa personified in sound and is therefore perfectly transcendental and eternally liberated from material contamination.” Thus one should understand that the name “Kṛṣṇa” and Kṛṣṇa Himself are identical. Having such faith, one must continue to chant the holy name.
When one is situated on the neophyte platform, one cannot understand the devotional ingredients of a pure, unalloyed devotee. However, when the novice engages in devotional service — especially in Deity worship — and follows the order of a bona fide spiritual master, he is a pure devotee. Anyone can take advantage of hearing about Kṛṣṇa consciousness from such a devotee and thus gradually become purified. In other words, any devotee who believes that the holy name of the Lord is identical with the Lord is a pure devotee, even though he may be in the neophyte stage. By his association, others may also become Vaiṣṇavas.
One is known as a materialistic devotee if he simply worships the Deity of Hari with faith but does not show proper respect to the devotees and to others. This is stated in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (11.2.47) :
arcāyām eva haraye pūjāṁ yaḥ śraddhayehate na tad-bhakteṣu cānyeṣu sa bhaktaḥ prākṛtaḥ smṛtaḥ
Yet even by associating with such a neophyte devotee, one can become a devotee also. When Lord Caitanya was teaching Sanātana Gosvāmī, He said:
śraddhāvān jana haya bhakti-adhikārī ‘uttama’, ‘madhyama’, ‘kaniṣṭha’ — śraddhā-anusārī
yāhāra komala-śraddhā, se ‘kaniṣṭha’ jana krame krame teṅho bhakta ha-ibe ‘uttama’
rati-prema-tāratamye bhakta-taratama
“A person who has attained firm faith is a real candidate for advancing in Kṛṣṇa consciousness. According to the faith, there are first-class, second-class and neophyte devotees. One who has preliminary faith is called a kaniṣṭha-adhikārī, or a neophyte. The neophyte, however, can become an advanced devotee if he strictly follows the regulative principles set down by the spiritual master. Therefore it is on the basis of faith and attachment to Kṛṣṇa that one can judge who is a madhyama-adhikārī or an uttama-adhikārī. ” (Cc. Madhya 22.64, 69, 71)
It is thus concluded that even a neophyte devotee is superior to the karmīs and jñānīs because he has full faith in chanting the holy name of the Lord. A karmī or a jñānī, regardless of his greatness, has no faith in Lord Viṣṇu, His holy name or His devotional service. One may be advanced religiously, but if he is not trained in devotional service, he has very little credit on the transcendental platform. Even a neophyte devotee engaged in Deity worship in accordance with the regulations set forth by the spiritual master is in a position superior to that of the fruitive worker and speculative philosopher.
Madhya-lila 15.107
Source“এক কৃষ্ণনামে করে সর্ব-পাপ ক্ষয় । নববিধা ভক্তি পূর্ণ নাম হৈতে হয় ॥ ১০৭ ॥
“eka kṛṣṇa-nāme kare sarva-pāpa kṣaya nava-vidhā bhakti pūrṇa nāma haite haya
English translation
Translation
“Simply by chanting the holy name of Kṛṣṇa once, a person is relieved from all the reactions of a sinful life. One can complete the nine processes of devotional service simply by chanting the holy name.
Word meanings
eka kṛṣṇa - nāme — one holy name of Kṛṣṇa ; kare — can do ; sarva - pāpa — of all sinful reactions ; kṣaya — destruction ; nava - vidhā — nine processes ; bhakti — of devotional service ; pūrṇa — complete ; nāma haite — simply by chanting the holy name ; haya — are .
Purport
The nine types of devotional service are mentioned in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (7.5.23):
śravaṇaṁ kīrtanaṁ viṣṇoḥ smaraṇaṁ pāda-sevanam arcanaṁ vandanaṁ dāsyaṁ sakhyam ātma-nivedanam
iti puṁsārpitā viṣṇau bhaktiś cen nava-lakṣaṇā kriyeta bhagavaty addhā tan manye ’dhītam uttamam
“The process of devotional service entails hearing, chanting and remembering the holy name, form, pastimes, qualities and entourage of the Lord, offering service according to the time, place and performer, worshiping the Deity, offering prayers, always considering oneself the eternal servant of Kṛṣṇa, making friends with Him and dedicating everything unto Him. These nine items of devotional service, when directly offered to Kṛṣṇa, constitute the highest attainment of life. This is the verdict of the revealed scriptures.”
As for being freed from all sinful reactions by chanting the holy name of Kṛṣṇa only once, one must chant the holy name without committing any offenses. Then chanting one name is sufficient to rescue a living being from all sinful reactions. Such a person who chants the holy name of the Lord offenselessly is very important and woshipable. Indeed, the nine devotional processes, beginning with śravaṇa and kīrtana, can all be attained at once if one simply chants the holy name of the Lord offenselessly.
In this regard, Śrīla Jīva Gosvāmī states in his book Bhakti-sandarbha (173): yadyapi anyā bhaktiḥ kalau kartavyā, tadā; kīrtanākhya-bhakti-saṁyogenaiva. Out of the nine processes of devotional service, kīrtana is very important. Śrīla Jīva Gosvāmī therefore instructs that the other processes, such as arcana, vandana, dāsya and sakhya, should be executed, but they must be preceded and followed by kīrtana, the chanting of the holy name. We have therefore introduced this system in all of our centers. Arcana, ārati, bhoga offering, Deity dressing and decoration are all preceded and followed by the chanting of the holy name of the Lord — Hare Kṛṣṇa, Hare Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa Kṛṣṇa, Hare Hare/ Hare Rāma, Hare Rāma, Rāma Rāma, Hare Hare.
Madhya-lila 15.108
Sourceদীক্ষা-পুরশ্চর্যা-বিধি অপেক্ষা না করে । জিহ্বা-স্পর্শে আ-চণ্ডাল সবারে উদ্ধারে ॥ ১০৮ ॥
dīkṣā-puraścaryā-vidhi apekṣā nā kare jihvā-sparśe ā-caṇḍāla sabāre uddhāre
English translation
Translation
“One does not have to undergo initiation or execute the activities required before initiation. One simply has to vibrate the holy name with his lips. Thus even a man in the lowest class [caṇḍāla] can be delivered.
Word meanings
dīkṣā — initiation ; puraścaryā — activities before initiation ; vidhi — regulative principles ; apekṣā — reliance on ; nā — not ; kare — does ; jihvā — the tongue ; sparśe — by touching ; ā - caṇḍāla — even the lowest of men, the caṇḍāla ; sabāre — everyone ; uddhāre — delivers .
Purport
Śrīla Jīva Gosvāmī explains dīkṣā in his Bhakti-sandarbha (283):
divyaṁ jñānaṁ yato dadyāt kuryāt pāpasya saṅkṣayam tasmāt dīkṣeti sā proktā deśikais tattva-kovidaiḥ
“ Dīkṣā is the process by which one can awaken his transcendental knowledge and vanquish all reactions caused by sinful activity. A person expert in the study of the revealed scriptures knows this process as dīkṣā. ” The regulative principles of dīkṣā are explained in the Hari-bhakti-vilāsa (2.3-4) and the Bhakti-sandarbha (283). As stated:
dvijānām anupetānāṁ svakarmādhyayanādiṣu yathādhikāro nāstīha syāc copanayanād anu tathātrādīkṣitānāṁ tu mantra-devārcanādiṣu nādhikāro ’sty ataḥ kuryād ātmānaṁ śiva-saṁstutam
“Even though born in a brāhmaṇa family, one cannot engage in Vedic rituals without being initiated and having a sacred thread. Although born in a brāhmaṇa family, one becomes a brāhmaṇa only after initiation and the sacred thread ceremony. Unless one is initiated as a brāhmaṇa, one cannot worship the holy name properly.”
According to the Vaiṣṇava regulative principles, one must be initiated as a brāhmaṇa. The Hari-bhakti-vilāsa (2.6) quotes the following injunction from the Viṣṇu-yāmala:
adīkṣitasya vāmoru kṛtaṁ sarvaṁ nirarthakam paśu-yonim avāpnoti dīkṣā-virahito janaḥ
“ ‘Unless one is initiated by a bona fide spiritual master, all his devotional activities are useless. A person who is not properly initiated can descend again into the animal species.’ ”
Hari-bhakti-vilāsa (2.10) further quotes:
ato guruṁ praṇamyaivaṁ sarva-svaṁ vinivedya ca gṛhṇīyād vaiṣṇavaṁ mantraṁ dīkṣā-pūrvaṁ vidhānataḥ
“ ‘It is the duty of every human being to surrender to a bona fide spiritual master. Giving him everything — body, mind and intelligence — one must take Vaiṣṇava initiation from him.’ ”
The Bhakti-sandarbha (298) gives the following quotation from the Tattva-sāgara:
yathā kāñcanatāṁ yāti kāṁsyaṁ rasa-vidhānataḥ tathā dīkṣā-vidhānena dvijatvaṁ jāyate nṛṇām
“ ‘By chemical manipulation, bell metal is turned into gold when touched by mercury; similarly, when a person is properly initiated, he can acquire the qualities of a brāhmaṇa. ’ ”
The Hari-bhakti-vilāsa (17.11-12), in discussing the puraścaryā process, quotes the following verses from the Agastya-saṁhitā:
pūjā traikālikī nityaṁ japas tarpaṇam eva ca homo brāhmaṇa-bhuktiś ca puraścaraṇam ucyate
guror labdhasya mantrasya prasādena yathā-vidhi pañcāṅgopāsanā-siddhyai puraś caitad vidhīyate
“ ‘In the morning, afternoon and evening one should worship the Deity, chant the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra, offer oblations, perform a fire sacrifice and feed the brāhmaṇas. These five activities constitute puraścaryā. To attain full success when taking initiation from the spiritual master, one should first perform these puraścaryā processes.’ ”
The word puraḥ means “before,” and caryā means “activities.” Due to the necessity of these activities, we do not immediately initiate disciples in the International Society for Krishna Consciousness. For six months, a candidate for initiation must first attend ārati and classes in the śāstras, practice the regulative principles and associate with other devotees. When one is actually advanced in the puraścaryā-vidhi, he is recommended by the local temple president for initiation. It is not that anyone can be suddenly initiated without meeting the requirements. When one is further advanced by chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra sixteen rounds daily, following the regulative principles and attending classes, he receives the sacred thread (brahminical recognition) after the second six months.
In the Hari-bhakti-vilāsa (17.4-5, 7) it is stated:
vinā yena na siddhaḥ syān mantro varṣa-śatair api kṛtena yena labhate sādhako vāñchitaṁ phalam
puraścaraṇa-sampanno mantro hi phala-dhāyakaḥ ataḥ puraṣkriyāṁ kuryāt mantra-vit siddhi-kaṅkṣayā
puraṣkriyā hi mantrāṇāṁ pradhānaṁ vīryam ucyate vīrya-hīno yathā dehī sarva-karmasu na kṣamaḥ puraścaraṇa-hīno hi tathā mantraḥ prakīrtitaḥ
“Without performing the puraścaryā activities, one cannot become perfect even by chanting this mantra for hundreds of years. But one who has undergone the puraścaryā-vidhi process can attain success very easily. If one wishes to perfect his initiation, he must first undergo the puraścaryā activities. The puraścaryā process is the life force by which one is successful in chanting the mantra. Without the life force, one cannot do anything; similarly, without the life force of puraścaryā-vidhi, no mantra can be perfected.”
In his Bhakti-sandarbha (283-84), Śrīla Jīva Gosvāmī describes the importance of Deity worship and initiation ( dīkṣā ) as follows:
yadyapi śrī-bhāgavata-mate pañcarātrādi-vat arcana-mārgasya āvaśyakatvaṁ nāsti, tad vināpi śaraṇāpattyādīnām ekatareṇāpi puruṣārtha-siddher abhihitatvāt, tathāpi śrī-nāradādi-vartmānusaradbhiḥ śrī-bhagavatā saha sambandha-viśeṣaṁ dīkṣā-vidhānena śrī-guru-caraṇa-sampāditaṁ cikīrṣadbhiḥ kṛtāyāṁ dīkṣāyām arcanam avaśyaṁ kriyetaiva.
yadyapi svarūpato nāsti, tathāpi prāyaḥ svabhāvato dehādi-sambandhena kadarya-śīlānāṁ vikṣipta-cittānāṁ janānāṁ tat-tat-saṅkocī-karaṇāya śrīmad-ṛṣi-prabhṛtibhir atrārcana-mārge kvacit kvacit kācit kācin maryādā sthāpitāsti .
“It is Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam’s opinion that the process of Deity worship is not actually necessary, just as the specific prescriptions of the Pañcarātra and other scriptures do not have to be followed. The Bhāgavatam enjoins that even without practicing Deity worship one can achieve the complete success of human life by any of the other devotional processes, such as simply offering oneself at the Lord’s feet for His protection. Nonetheless, Vaiṣṇavas following the path of Śrī Nārada and his successors endeavor to establish a personal relationship with the Lord by receiving the grace of a bona fide spiritual master through initiation, and in this tradition the devotees are obliged at the time of initiation to begin engaging in Deity worship.
“Although Deity worship is not essential, the material conditioning of most candidates for devotional service requires that they engage in this activity. When we consider their bodily and mental conditions, we find that the character of such candidates is impure and their minds are agitated. Therefore, to rectify this material conditioning the great sage Nārada and others have at different times recommended various kinds of regulations for Deity worship.”
Similarly, the Rāmārcana-candrikā states:
vinaiva dīkṣāṁ viprendra puraścaryāṁ vinaiva hi vinaiva nyāsa-vidhinā japa-mātreṇa siddhi-dā
“O best of the brāhmaṇas, even without initiation, preliminary purification or acceptance of the renounced order, one can attain perfection in devotional service simply by chanting the Lord’s holy name.”
In other words, the chanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra is so powerful that it does not depend on official initiation, but if one is initiated and engages in pañcarātra-vidhi (Deity worship), his Kṛṣṇa consciousness will awaken very soon, and his identification with the material world will be vanquished. The more one is freed from material identification, the more one can realize that the spirit soul is qualitatively as good as the Supreme Soul. At such a time, when one is situated on the absolute platform, one can understand that the holy name of the Lord and the Lord Himself are identical. At that stage of realization, the holy name of the Lord, the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra, cannot be identified with any material sound. If one accepts the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra as a material vibration, he falls down. One should worship and chant the holy name of the Lord by accepting it as the Lord Himself. One should therefore be initiated properly according to revealed scriptures under the direction of a bona fide spiritual master. Although chanting the holy name is good for both the conditioned and liberated soul, it is especially beneficial to the conditioned soul because by chanting it one is liberated. When a person who chants the holy name is liberated, he attains the ultimate perfection by returning home, back to Godhead. In the words of Śrī Caitanya-caritāmṛta ( Ādi 7.73):
kṛṣṇa-mantra haite habe saṁsāra-mocana kṛṣṇa-nāma haite pābe kṛṣṇera caraṇa
“Simply by chanting the holy name of Kṛṣṇa one can obtain freedom from material existence. Indeed, simply by chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra one will be able to see the lotus feet of the Lord.”
The offenseless chanting of the holy name does not depend on the initiation process. Although initiation may depend on puraścaryā or puraścaraṇa, the actual chanting of the holy name does not depend on puraścaryā-vidhi, or the regulative principles. If one chants the holy name even once without committing an offense, he attains all success. During the chanting of the holy name, the tongue must work. Simply by chanting the holy name, one is immediately delivered. The tongue is sevonmukha-jihvā — it is controlled by service. One whose tongue is engaged in tasting material things and also talking about them cannot use the tongue for absolute realization.
ataḥ śrī-kṛṣṇa-nāmādi na bhaved grāhyam indriyaiḥ sevonmukhe hi jihvādau svayam eva sphuraty adaḥ
“With the material senses one cannot understand the transcendental holy name of the Lord or His form, activities and pastimes. But when one actually engages in devotional service, utilizing the tongue, the Lord is revealed.” As it is said in the Caitanya-caritāmṛta ( Madhya 17.134) :
ataeva kṛṣṇera ‘nāma’, ‘deha’, ‘vilāsa’, prākṛtendriya-grāhya nahe, haya sva-prakāśa
“The holy name of Kṛṣṇa, His body and His pastimes cannot be understood by the blunt material senses. They are manifested independently.”
Madhya-lila 15.109
Sourceঅনুষঙ্গ-ফলে করে সংসারের ক্ষয় । চিত্ত আকর্ষিয়া করায় কৃষ্ণে প্রেমোদয় ॥ ১০৯ ॥
anuṣaṅga-phale kare saṁsārera kṣaya citta ākarṣiyā karāya kṛṣṇe premodaya
English translation
Translation
“By chanting the holy name of the Lord, one dissolves his entanglement in material activities. After this, one becomes very much attracted to Kṛṣṇa, and thus dormant love for Kṛṣṇa is awakened.
Word meanings
anuṣaṅga - phale — as a simultaneous result ; kare — does ; saṁsārera kṣaya — annihilation of entanglement in the material world ; citta — thought ; ākarṣiyā — attracting ; karāya — causes ; kṛṣṇe — unto Lord Kṛṣṇa ; prema - udaya — arousal of transcendental love .
Madhya-lila 15.110
Sourceআকৃষ্টিঃ কৃতচেতসাং সুমনসামুচ্চাটনং চাংহসা- মাচণ্ডালমমূকলোকসুলভো বশ্যশ্চ মুক্তিশ্রিয়ঃ । নো দীক্ষাং ন চ সৎক্রিয়াং ন চ পুরশ্চর্যাং মনাগীক্ষতে মন্ত্রোঽয়ং রসনাস্পৃগেব ফলতি শ্রীকৃষ্ণ-নামাত্মকঃ ॥ ১১০ ॥
ākṛṣṭiḥ kṛta-cetasāṁ su-manasām uccāṭanaṁ cāṁhasām ācaṇḍālam amūka-loka-sulabho vaśyaś ca mukti-śriyaḥ no dīkṣāṁ na ca sat-kriyāṁ na ca puraścaryāṁ manāg īkṣate mantro ’yaṁ rasanā-spṛg eva phalati śrī-kṛṣṇa-nāmātmakaḥ
English translation
Translation
“ ‘The holy name of Lord Kṛṣṇa is an attractive feature for many saintly, liberal people. It is the annihilator of all sinful reactions and is so powerful that, save for the dumb who cannot chant it, it is readily available to everyone, including the lowest type of man, the caṇḍāla. The holy name of Kṛṣṇa is the controller of the opulence of liberation, and it is identical with Kṛṣṇa. When a person simply chants the holy name with his tongue, immediate effects are produced. Chanting the holy name does not depend on initiation, pious activities or the puraścaryā regulative principles generally observed before initiation. The holy name does not wait for any of these activities. It is self-sufficient.’ ”
Word meanings
ākṛṣṭiḥ — attraction ; kṛta - cetasām — of saintly persons ; su - manasām — of the most liberal-minded ; uccāṭanam — annihilator ; ca — also ; aṁhasām — of sinful reactions ; ā - caṇḍālam — even to the caṇḍālas ; amūka — except the dumb ; loka - su - labhaḥ — very easy to achieve for all persons ; vaśyaḥ — full controller ; ca — and ; mukti - śriyaḥ — of the opulence of liberation ; na u — not ; dīkṣām — initiation ; na — not ; ca — also ; sat - kriyām — pious activities ; na — not ; ca — also ; puraścaryām — regulative principles before initiation ; manāk — slightly ; īkṣate — depends upon ; mantraḥ — mantra ; ayam — this ; rasanā — tongue ; spṛk — touching ; eva — simply ; phalati — is fruitful ; śrī - kṛṣṇa - nāma - ātmakaḥ — consisting of the holy name of Lord Kṛṣṇa .
Purport
This verse is found in the Padyāvalī (29), an anthology of verses compiled by Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī.
Madhya-lila 15.111
Source“অতএব যাঁর মুখে এক কৃষ্ণনাম । সেই ত’ বৈষ্ণব, করিহ তাঁহার সম্মান ॥” ১১১ ॥
“ataeva yāṅra mukhe eka kṛṣṇa-nāma sei ta’ vaiṣṇava, kariha tāṅhāra sammāna”
English translation
Translation
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu then finally advised, “One who is chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra is understood to be a Vaiṣṇava; therefore you should offer all respects to him.”
Word meanings
ataeva — therefore ; yāṅra mukhe — in whose mouth ; eka — one ; kṛṣṇa - nāma — the holy name of Kṛṣṇa ; sei ta’ vaiṣṇava — he is a Vaiṣṇava ; kariha — offer ; tāṅhāra — to him ; sammāna — respect .
Purport
In his Upadeśāmṛta, Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī states: kṛṣṇeti yasya giri taṁ manasādriyeta dīkṣāsti cet praṇatibhiś ca bhajantam īśam. An advanced devotee should respect a person who has been initiated by a bona fide spiritual master and who is situated on the transcendental platform, chanting the holy name with faith and obeisances and following the instructions of the spiritual master. Śrīla Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura comments that serving Vaiṣṇavas is most important for householders. Whether a Vaiṣṇava is properly initiated or not is not a subject for consideration. One may be initiated and yet contaminated by the Māyāvāda philosophy, but a person who chants the holy name of the Lord offenselessly will not be so contaminated. A properly initiated Vaiṣṇava may be imperfect, but one who chants the holy name of the Lord offenselessly is all-perfect. Although he may apparently be a neophyte, he still has to be considered a pure, unalloyed Vaiṣṇava. It is the duty of the householder to offer respects to such an unalloyed Vaiṣṇava. This is Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s instruction.
Madhya-lila 15.112
Sourceখণ্ডের মুকুন্দদাস, শ্রীরঘুনন্দন । শ্রীনরহরি, — এই মুখ্য তিন জন ॥ ১১২ ॥
khaṇḍera mukunda-dāsa, śrī-raghunandana śrī-narahari, — ei mukhya tina jana
English translation
Translation
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu then turned His attention to three persons — Mukunda dāsa, Raghunandana and Śrī Narahari — inhabitants of the place called Khaṇḍa.
Word meanings
khaṇḍera — of the place known as Khaṇḍa ; mukunda - dāsa — Mukunda dāsa ; śrī - raghunandana — Śrī Raghunandana ; śrī - narahari — Śrī Narahari ; ei — these ; mukhya — chief ; tina — three ; jana — persons .
Madhya-lila 15.113
Sourceমুকুন্দ দাসেরে পুছে শচীর নন্দন । ‘তুমি — পিতা, পুত্র তোমার — শ্রীরঘুনন্দন ? ১১৩ ॥
mukunda dāsere puche śacīra nandana ‘tumi — pitā, putra tomāra — śrī-raghunandana?
English translation
Translation
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, the son of mother Śacī, next asked Mukunda dāsa, “You are the father, and your son is Raghunandana. Is that so?
Word meanings
mukunda dāsere — unto Mukunda dāsa ; puche — inquired ; śacīra nandana — the son of mother Śacī ; tumi — you ; pitā — father ; putra — son ; tomāra — your ; śrī - raghunandana — Śrī Raghunandana .
Madhya-lila 15.114
Sourceকিবা রঘুনন্দন — পিতা, তুমি — তার তনয় ? নিশ্চয় করিয়া কহ, যাউক সংশয় ॥’ ১১৪ ॥
kibā raghunandana — pitā, tumi — tāra tanaya? niścaya kariyā kaha, yāuka saṁśaya’
English translation
Translation
“Or is Śrīla Raghunandana your father and you are his son? Please let Me know the facts so that My doubts will go away.”
Word meanings
kibā — or ; raghunandana — Raghunandana ; pitā — father ; tumi — you ; tāra — his ; tanaya — son ; niścaya kariyā — making certain ; kaha — just speak ; yāuka saṁśaya — let My doubts be dissipated .
Madhya-lila 15.115
Sourceমুকুন্দ কহে, — রঘুনন্দন মোর ‘পিতা’ হয় । আমি তার ‘পুত্র’, — এই আমার নিশ্চয় ॥ ১১৫ ॥
mukunda kahe, — raghunandana mora ‘pitā’ haya āmi tāra ‘putra’, — ei āmāra niścaya
English translation
Translation
Mukunda replied, “Raghunandana is my father, and I am his son. This is my decision.
Word meanings
mukunda kahe — Mukunda dāsa replied ; raghunandana — my son Raghunandana ; mora — my ; pitā — father ; haya — is ; āmi — I ; tāra — his ; putra — son ; ei — this ; āmāra — my ; niścaya — decision .
Madhya-lila 15.116
Sourceআমা সবার কৃষ্ণভক্তি রঘুনন্দন হৈতে । অতএব পিতা — রঘুনন্দন আমার নিশ্চিতে ॥ ১১৬ ॥
āmā sabāra kṛṣṇa-bhakti raghunandana haite ataeva pitā — raghunandana āmāra niścite
English translation
Translation
“All of us have attained devotion to Kṛṣṇa due to Raghunandana. Therefore in my mind he is my father.”
Word meanings
āmā sabāra — of all of us ; kṛṣṇa - bhakti — devotion to Kṛṣṇa ; raghunandana haite — because of Raghunandana ; ataeva — therefore ; pitā — father ; raghunandana — Raghunandana ; āmāra niścite — my decision .
Madhya-lila 15.117
Sourceশুনি’ হর্ষে কহে প্রভু — “কহিলে নিশ্চয় । যাঁহা হৈতে কৃষ্ণভক্তি সেই গুরু হয়” ॥ ১১৭ ॥
śuni’ harṣe kahe prabhu — “kahile niścaya yāṅhā haite kṛṣṇa-bhakti sei guru haya”
English translation
Translation
Hearing Mukunda dāsa give this proper decision, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu confirmed it, saying, “Yes, it is correct. One who awakens devotion to Kṛṣṇa is certainly the spiritual master.”
Word meanings
śuni’ — hearing ; harṣe — in great jubilation ; kahe prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said ; kahile niścaya — you have spoken correctly ; yāṅhā haite — from whom ; kṛṣṇa - bhakti — devotion to Kṛṣṇa ; sei — that person ; guru haya — is the spiritual master .
Madhya-lila 15.118
Sourceভক্তের মহিমা প্রভু কহিতে পায় সুখ । ভক্তের মহিমা কহিতে হয় পঞ্চমুখ ॥ ১১৮ ॥
bhaktera mahimā prabhu kahite pāya sukha bhaktera mahimā kahite haya pañca-mukha
English translation
Translation
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu became very happy just to speak of the glories of His devotees. Indeed, when He spoke of their glories, it was as if He had five faces.
Word meanings
bhaktera mahimā — the glories of a devotee ; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; kahite — to speak ; pāya sukha — gets happiness ; bhaktera mahimā — the glories of a devotee ; kahite — to speak ; haya — becomes ; pañca - mukha — five-faced .
Madhya-lila 15.119
Sourceভক্তগণে কহে, — শুন মুকুন্দের প্রেম । নিগূঢ় নির্মল প্রেম, যেন দগ্ধ হেম ॥ ১১৯ ॥
bhakta-gaṇe kahe, — śuna mukundera prema nigūḍha nirmala prema, yena dagdha hema
English translation
Translation
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu then informed all His devotees, “Please hear about Mukunda’s love of Godhead. It is a very deep and pure love and can only be compared to purified gold.
Word meanings
bhakta - gaṇe kahe — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu informed His devotees ; śuna — please hear ; mukundera prema — Mukunda’s love of Godhead ; nigūḍha — very deep ; nirmala — pure ; prema — ecstatic love ; yena — as if ; dagdha — clarified ; hema — gold .
Madhya-lila 15.120
Sourceবাহ্যে রাজবৈদ্য ইঁহো করে রাজ-সেবা । অন্তরে কৃষ্ণ-প্রেম ইঁহার জানিবেক কেবা ॥ ১২০ ॥
bāhye rāja-vaidya iṅho kare rāja-sevā antare kṛṣṇa-prema iṅhāra jānibeka kebā
English translation
Translation
“Mukunda dāsa externally appears to be a royal physician engaged in governmental service, but internally he has a deep love for Kṛṣṇa. Who can understand his love?
Word meanings
bāhye — externally ; rāja - vaidya — royal physician ; iṅho — he ; kare — performs ; rāja - sevā — government service ; antare — within the heart ; kṛṣṇa - prema — love of Kṛṣṇa ; iṅhāra — of Mukunda dāsa ; jānibeka — can know ; kebā — who .
Purport
Unless Śrī Kṛṣṇa Caitanya Mahāprabhu discloses the fact, no one can understand who is actually a great devotee of the Lord engaged in His service. It is therefore said in the Caitanya-caritāmṛta ( Madhya 23.39) , tāṅra vākya, kriyā, mudrā vijñeha nā bujhaya: even the most perfect and learned scholar cannot understand a Vaiṣṇava’s activities. A Vaiṣṇava may be engaged in governmental service or in a professional business so that externally one cannot understand his position. Internally, however, he may be a nitya-siddha Vaiṣṇava — that is, an eternally liberated Vaiṣṇava. Externally Mukunda dāsa was a royal physician, but internally he was the most liberated paramahaṁsa devotee. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu knew this very well, but ordinary men could not understand it, for the activities and plans of a Vaiṣṇava cannot be understood by ordinary men. However, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and His representative understand everything about a devotee, even though the devotee may externally pretend to be an ordinary householder and professional businessman.
Madhya-lila 15.121
Sourceএক দিন ম্লেচ্ছ-রাজার উচ্চ-টুঙ্গিতে । চিকিৎসার বাত্ কহে তাঁহার অগ্রেতে ॥ ১২১ ॥
eka dina mleccha-rājāra ucca-ṭuṅgite cikitsāra bāt kahe tāṅhāra agrete
English translation
Translation
“One day Mukunda dāsa, the royal physician, was seated with the Muslim King on a high platform and was telling the King about medical treatment.
Word meanings
eka dina — one day ; mleccha - rājāra — of the Muslim King ; ucca - ṭuṅgite — on a high platform ; cikitsāra bāt — talk of medical treatment ; kahe — was speaking ; tāṅhāra agrete — before him .
Madhya-lila 15.122
Sourceহেনকালে এক ময়ূর-পুচ্ছের আড়ানী । রাজ-শিরোপরি ধরে এক সেবক আনি’ ॥ ১২২ ॥
hena-kāle eka mayūra-pucchera āḍānī rāja-śiropari dhare eka sevaka āni’
English translation
Translation
“While the King and Mukunda dāsa were conversing, a servant brought a fan made of peacock feathers to shade the King’s head from the sun. Consequently he held the fan above the King’s head.
Word meanings
hena - kāle — at this time ; eka — one ; mayūra - pucchera — of peacock feathers ; āḍānī — fan ; rāja - śira - upari — above the head of the King ; dhare — holds ; eka — one ; sevaka — servant ; āni’ — bringing .
Madhya-lila 15.123
Sourceশিখিপিচ্ছ দেখি’ মুকুন্দ প্রেমাবিষ্ট হৈলা । অতি-উচ্চ টুঙ্গি হৈতে ভূমিতে পড়িলা ॥ ১২৩ ॥
śikhi-piccha dekhi’ mukunda premāviṣṭa hailā ati-ucca ṭuṅgi haite bhūmite paḍilā
English translation
Translation
“Just by seeing the peacock-feathered fan, Mukunda dāsa became absorbed in ecstatic love of Godhead and fell from the high platform onto the ground.
Word meanings
śikhi - piccha — peacock feathers ; dekhi’ — seeing ; mukunda — Mukunda dāsa ; prema - āviṣṭa hailā — became ecstatic in love of Godhead ; ati - ucca — very high ; ṭuṅgi — platform ; haite — from ; bhūmite — on the ground ; paḍilā — fell down .
Madhya-lila 15.124
Sourceরাজার জ্ঞান, — রাজ-বৈদ্যের হইল মরণ । আপনে নামিয়া তবে করাইল চেতন ॥ ১২৪ ॥
rājāra jñāna, — rāja-vaidyera ha-ila maraṇa āpane nāmiyā tabe karāila cetana
English translation
Translation
“The King, fearing that the royal physician had been killed, personally descended and brought him to consciousness.
Word meanings
rājāra jñāna — the King thought ; rāja - vaidyera — of the royal physician ; ha - ila maraṇa — there was death ; āpane — personally ; nāmiyā — getting down ; tabe — thereupon ; karāila cetana — brought him to consciousness .
Madhya-lila 15.125
Sourceরাজা বলে — ব্যথা তুমি পাইলে কোন ঠাঞি ? মুকুন্দ কহে, — অতিবড় ব্যথা পাই নাই ॥ ১২৫ ॥
rājā bale — vyathā tumi pāile kona ṭhāñi? mukunda kahe, — ati-baḍa vyathā pāi nāi
English translation
Translation
“When the King asked Mukunda, ‘Where is it paining you?’ Mukunda replied, ‘I am not very much pained.’
Word meanings
rājā bale — the King said ; vyathā — pain ; tumi pāile — you have gotten ; kona ṭhāñi — where ; mukunda kahe — Mukunda replied ; ati - baḍa vyathā — very much pain ; pāi nāi — I have not gotten .
Madhya-lila 15.126
Sourceরাজা কহে, — মুকুন্দ, তুমি পড়িলা কি লাগি’ ? মুকুন্দ কহে, রাজা, মোর ব্যাধি আছে মৃগী ॥ ১২৬ ॥
rājā kahe, — mukunda, tumi paḍilā ki lāgi’? mukunda kahe, rājā, mora vyādhi āche mṛgī
English translation
Translation
“The King then inquired, ‘Mukunda, why did you fall down?’
Word meanings
rājā kahe — the King inquired ; mukunda — O Mukunda ; tumi paḍilā — you fell ; ki lāgi’ — for what reason ; mukunda kahe — Mukunda replied ; rājā — my dear King ; mora — of me ; vyādhi — disease ; āche — is ; mṛgī — epilepsy .
Purport
“Mukunda replied, ‘My dear King, I have a disease like epilepsy.’
Madhya-lila 15.127
Sourceমহাবিদগ্ধ রাজা, সেই সব জানে । মুকুন্দের হৈল তাঁর ‘মহাসিদ্ধ’-জ্ঞানে ॥ ১২৭ ॥
mahā-vidagdha rājā, sei saba jāne mukundere haila tāṅra ‘mahā-siddha’-jñāne
English translation
Translation
“Being extraordinarily intelligent, the King could understand the whole affair. In his estimation, Mukunda was a most uncommon, exalted, liberated personality.
Word meanings
mahā - vidagdha — highly intelligent ; rājā — the King ; sei — he ; saba jāne — knows everything ; mukundere — upon Mukunda ; haila — was ; tāṅra — his ; mahā - siddha - jñāne — calculation as the most perfect devotee .
Madhya-lila 15.128-129
Sourceরঘুনন্দন সেবা করে কৃষ্ণের মন্দিরে । দ্বারে পুষ্করিণী, তার ঘাটের উপরে ॥ ১২৮ ॥ কদম্বের এক বৃক্ষে ফুটে বারমাসে । নিত্য দুই ফুল হয় কৃষ্ণ-অবতংসে ॥ ১২৯ ॥
raghunandana sevā kare kṛṣṇera mandire dvāre puṣkariṇī, tāra ghāṭera upare kadambera eka vṛkṣe phuṭe bāra-māse nitya dui phula haya kṛṣṇa-avataṁse
English translation
Translation
“Raghunandana is constantly engaged in serving Lord Kṛṣṇa in the temple. Beside the entrance of the temple is a lake, and on its banks is a kadamba tree, which daily delivers two flowers to be used for Kṛṣṇa’s service.”
Word meanings
raghunandana — Raghunandana ; sevā kare — serves ; kṛṣṇera mandire — in the temple of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; dvāre — near the door ; puṣkariṇī — a lake ; tāra — of it ; ghāṭera upare — on the bank ; kadambera — of kadamba flowers ; eka vṛkṣe — on one tree ; phuṭe — blossom ; bāra - māse — all year around ; nitya — daily ; dui phala — two flowers ; haya — become ; kṛṣṇa - avataṁse — decoration for Lord Kṛṣṇa .
Madhya-lila 15.130
Sourceমুকুন্দেরে কহে পুনঃ মধুর বচন । ‘তোমার কার্য — ধর্মে ধন-উপার্জন ॥ ১৩০ ॥
mukundere kahe punaḥ madhura vacana ‘tomāra kārya — dharme dhana-upārjana
English translation
Translation
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu again spoke to Mukunda with sweet words: “Your duty is to earn both material and spiritual wealth.
Word meanings
mukundere — to Mukunda ; kahe — Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu says ; punaḥ — again ; madhura vacana — sweet words ; tomāra kārya — your duty ; dharme dhana - upārjana — to earn both material and spiritual wealth .
Madhya-lila 15.131
Sourceরঘুনন্দনের কার্য — কৃষ্ণের সেবন । কৃষ্ণ-সেবা বিনা ইঁহার অন্য নাহি মন ॥ ১৩১ ॥
raghunandanera kārya — kṛṣṇera sevana kṛṣṇa-sevā vinā iṅhāra anya nāhi mana
English translation
Translation
“Furthermore, it is the duty of Raghunandana to always engage in Lord Kṛṣṇa’s service. He has no other intention but the service of Lord Kṛṣṇa.”
Word meanings
raghunandanera kārya — the duty of Raghunandana ; kṛṣṇera sevana — worshiping Lord Kṛṣṇa ; kṛṣṇa - sevā vinā — except for worshiping Kṛṣṇa ; iṅhāra — of him ; anya — other ; nāhi — there is not ; mana — intention .
Madhya-lila 15.132
Sourceনরহরি রহু আমার ভক্তগণ-সনে । এই তিন কার্য সদা করহ তিন জনে ॥’ ১৩২ ॥
narahari rahu āmāra bhakta-gaṇa-sane, ei tina kārya sadā karaha tina jane’
English translation
Translation
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu then ordered Narahari: “I wish you to remain here with My devotees. In this way the three of you should always execute these three duties for the service of the Lord.”
Word meanings
narahari — Narahari ; rahu — let him remain ; āmāra — My ; bhakta - gaṇa - sane — along with other devotees ; ei tina kārya — these three divisions of duty ; sadā — always ; karaha — execute ; tina jane — you three persons .
Purport
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu set forth three duties for three different people. Mukunda was to earn money and follow the religious principles, whereas Narahari was to remain with the Lord’s devotees, and Raghunandana was to engage in the Lord’s service in the temple. Thus one person worships in the temple, another earns money honestly by executing his professional duty, and yet another preaches Kṛṣṇa consciousness with the devotees. Apparently these three types of service appear separate, but actually they are not. When Kṛṣṇa or Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu is the center, everyone can engage in different activities for the service of the Lord. That is the verdict of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.
Madhya-lila 15.133
Sourceসার্বভৌম, বিদ্যাবাচস্পতি, — দুই ভাই । দুইজনে কৃপা করি’ কহেন গোসাঞি ॥ ১৩৩ ॥
sārvabhauma, vidyā-vācaspati, — dui bhāi dui-jane kṛpā kari’ kahena gosāñi
English translation
Translation
Out of His causeless mercy, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu gave the following directions to the brothers Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya and Vidyā-vācaspati.
Word meanings
sārvabhauma — Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya ; vidyā - vācaspati — Vidyā-vācaspati ; dui bhāi — two brothers ; dui - jane — unto the two ; kṛpā kari’ — out of His causeless mercy ; kahena — says ; gosāñi — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu .
Madhya-lila 15.134
Source‘দারু’-‘জল’-রূপে কৃষ্ণ প্রকট সম্প্রতি । ‘দরশন’-স্নানে’ করে জীবের মুকতি ॥ ১৩৪ ॥
‘dāru’-jala’-rūpe kṛṣṇa prakaṭa samprati ‘daraśana’-‘snāne’ kare jīvera mukati
English translation
Translation
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said, “In this Age of Kali, Kṛṣṇa is manifest in two forms — wood and water. Thus, by enabling the conditioned souls to see the wood and bathe in the water, He helps them become liberated.
Word meanings
dāru — wood ; jala — water ; rūpe — in the forms of ; kṛṣṇa — Lord Kṛṣṇa ; prakaṭa — manifested ; samprati — at the present moment ; daraśana — by seeing ; snāne — by bathing ; kare — does ; jīvera mukati — the deliverance of the conditioned souls .
Madhya-lila 15.135
Source‘দারুব্রহ্ম’-রূপে — সাক্ষাৎ শ্ৰীপুরুষোত্তম । ভাগীরথী হন সাক্ষাৎ ‘জলব্রহ্ম’-সম ॥ ১৩৫ ॥
‘dāru-brahma’-rūpe — sākṣāt śrī-puruṣottama bhāgīrathī hana sākṣāt ‘jala-brahma’-sama
English translation
Translation
“Lord Jagannātha is the Supreme Lord Himself in the form of wood, and the river Ganges is the Supreme Lord Himself in the form of water.
Word meanings
dāru - brahma - rūpe — in the form of Brahman as wood ; sākṣāt — directly ; śrī - puruṣottama — Lord Jagannātha ; bhāgīrathī — the river Ganges ; hana — is ; sākṣāt — directly ; jala - brahma - sama — the Supreme in the form of water .
Purport
The Vedas enjoin, sarvaṁ khalv idaṁ brahma: everything is the energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the Supreme Brahman or Parambrahma. Parasya brahmaṇaḥ śaktis tathedam akhilaṁ jagat: everything is a manifestation of the energy of the Supreme Brahman. Since the energy and energetic are identical, actually everything is Kṛṣṇa, Parambrahma. In the Bhagavad-gītā (9.4) Lord Kṛṣṇa confirms this:
mayā tatam idaṁ sarvaṁ jagad avyakta-mūrtinā mat-sthāni sarva-bhūtāni na cāhaṁ teṣv avasthitaḥ
“By Me, in My unmanifested form, this entire universe is pervaded. All beings are in Me, but I am not in them.”
Kṛṣṇa is spread throughout the whole universe in His impersonal form. Since everything is a manifestation of the Lord’s energy, the Lord can manifest Himself through any energy. In this age, the Lord is manifest through wood as Lord Jagannātha, and He is manifest through water as the river Ganges. Therefore Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ordered the two brothers — Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya and Vidyā-vācaspati — to worship Lord Jagannātha and the river Ganges.
Madhya-lila 15.136
Sourceসার্বভৌম, কর ‘দারুব্রহ্ম’-আরাধন । বাচস্পতি, কর জলব্রহ্মের সেবন ॥ ১৩৬ ॥
sārvabhauma, kara ‘dāru-brahma’-ārādhana vācaspati, kara jala-brahmera sevana
English translation
Translation
“Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya, you should engage in the worship of Lord Jagannātha Puruṣottama, and Vācaspati should worship mother Ganges.”
Word meanings
sārvabhauma — O Sārvabhauma ; kara — be engaged in ; dāru - brahma — of wooden Brahman ; ārādhana — worship ; vācaspati — and you, Vācaspati ; kara — do ; jala - brahmera — of Parambrahma manifested in water ; sevana — worship .
Madhya-lila 15.137
Sourceমুরারি-গুপ্তেরে প্রভু করি’ আলিঙ্গন । তাঁর ভক্তিনিষ্ঠা কহেন, শুনে ভক্তগণ ॥ ১৩৭ ॥
murāri-guptere prabhu kari’ āliṅgana tāṅra bhakti-niṣṭhā kahena, śune bhakta-gaṇa
English translation
Translation
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu then embraced Murāri Gupta and began to speak about his firm faith in devotional service. This was heard by all the devotees.
Word meanings
murāri - guptere — Murāri Gupta ; prabhu — Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; kari’ āliṅgana — embracing ; tāṅra — his ; bhakti - niṣṭhā — faith in devotional service ; kahena — says ; śune bhakta - gaṇa — all the devotees hear .
Madhya-lila 15.138
Sourceপূর্বে আমি ইঁহারে লোভাইল বার বার । পরম মধুর, গুপ্ত, ব্রজেন্দ্রকুমার ॥ ১৩৮ ॥
pūrve āmi iṅhāre lobhāila bāra bāra parama madhura, gupta, vrajendra-kumāra
English translation
Translation
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said, “Previously I induced Murāri Gupta again and again to be allured by Lord Kṛṣṇa. I said to him, ‘My dear Gupta, Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa, Vrajendra-kumāra, is the supreme sweetness.
Word meanings
pūrve — previously ; āmi — I ; iṅhāre — him ; lobhāila — induced to be allured ; bāra bāra — again and again ; parama madhura — very sweet ; gupta — O Gupta ; vrajendra - kumāra — Lord Kṛṣṇa, the son of Nanda Mahārāja .
Madhya-lila 15.139
Sourceস্বয়ং ভগবান্ কৃষ্ণ — সর্বাংশী, সর্বাশ্রয় । বিশুদ্ধ-নির্মল-প্রেম, সর্বরসময় ॥ ১৩৯ ॥
svayaṁ bhagavān kṛṣṇa — sarvāṁśī, sarvāśraya viśuddha-nirmala-prema, sarva-rasamaya
English translation
Translation
“ ‘Kṛṣṇa is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the origin of all incarnations and the source of everything. He is pure transcendental love itself, and He is the reservoir of all pleasure.
Word meanings
svayam bhagavān kṛṣṇa — Lord Kṛṣṇa is the Supreme Personality of Godhead ; sarva - aṁśī — the source of all others ; sarva - āśraya — the reservoir of all energies ; viśuddha — transcendental ; nirmala — free from all material contamination ; prema — love ; sarva - rasa - maya — the reservoir of all pleasure .
Madhya-lila 15.140
Sourceসকল-সদ্গুণ-বৃন্দ-রত্ন-রত্নাকর । বিদগ্ধ, চতুর, ধীর, রসিক-শেখর ॥ ১৪০ ॥
sakala-sadguṇa-vṛnda-ratna-ratnākara vidagdha, catura, dhīra, rasika-śekhara
English translation
Translation
“ ‘Kṛṣṇa is the reservoir of all transcendental qualities. He is like a mine of gems. He is expert at everything, very intelligent and sober, and He is the summit of all transcendental humors.
Word meanings
sakala — all ; sat - guṇa — transcendental qualities ; vṛnda — multitude ; ratna — of gems ; ratna - ākara — the mine ; vidagdha — intelligent ; catura — expert ; dhīra — sober ; rasika - śekhara — master of all transcendental humors .
Madhya-lila 15.141
Sourceমধুর-চরিত্র কৃষ্ণের মধুর-বিলাস । চাতুর্য-বৈদগ্ধ্য করে যাঁর লীলারস ॥ ১৪১ ॥
madhura-caritra kṛṣṇera madhura-vilāsa cāturya-vaidagdhya kare yāṅra līlā-rasa
English translation
Translation
“ ‘His character is very sweet, and His pastimes are melodious. He is expert in intelligence, and thus He enjoys all His pastimes and mellows.’
Word meanings
madhura - caritra — pleasing character ; kṛṣṇera — of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; madhura - vilāsa — melodious pastimes ; cāturya — expertise ; vaidagdhya — intelligence ; kare — manifests ; yāṅra — whose ; līlā — of pastimes ; rasa — mellows .
Madhya-lila 15.142
Sourceসেই কৃষ্ণ ভজ তুমি, হও কৃষ্ণাশ্রয় । কৃষ্ণ বিনা অন্য-উপাসনা মনে নাহি লয় ॥ ১৪২ ॥
sei kṛṣṇa bhaja tumi, hao kṛṣṇāśraya kṛṣṇa vinā anya-upāsanā mane nāhi laya
English translation
Translation
“I then requested Murāri Gupta, ‘Worship Kṛṣṇa and take shelter of Him. But for His service, nothing appeals to the mind.’
Word meanings
sei kṛṣṇa — that Lord Kṛṣṇa ; bhaja tumi — engage yourself in His service ; hao kṛṣṇa - āśraya — take shelter of Kṛṣṇa ; kṛṣṇa vinā — except for Kṛṣṇa ; anya - upāsanā — any other worship ; mane nāhi laya — does not appeal to the mind .
Madhya-lila 15.143
Sourceএইমত বার বার শুনিয়া বচন । আমার গৌরবে কিছু ফিরি’ গেল মন ॥ ১৪৩ ॥
ei-mata bāra bāra śuniyā vacana āmāra gaurave kichu phiri’ gela mana
English translation
Translation
“In this way, he heard from Me again and again. By My influence, his mind was a little converted.
Word meanings
ei - mata — in this way ; bāra bāra — again and again ; śuniyā vacana — hearing these words ; āmāra gaurave — because of My influence ; kichu — somewhat ; phiri’ gela — transformed ; mana — his mind .
Madhya-lila 15.144
Sourceআমারে কহেন, — আমি তোমার কিঙ্কর । তোমার আজ্ঞাকারী আমি নহি স্বতন্তর ॥ ১৪৪ ॥
āmāre kahena, — āmi tomāra kiṅkara tomāra ājñākārī āmi nāhi svatantara
English translation
Translation
“Murāri Gupta then replied, ‘I am Your servant and Your order-carrier. I have no independent existence.’
Word meanings
āmāre kahena — he said unto Me ; āmi — I ; tomāra kiṅkara — Your servant ; tomāra ājñā - kārī — Your order-carrier ; āmi — I ; nāhi — am not ; svatantara — independent .
Madhya-lila 15.145
Sourceএত বলি’ ঘরে গেল, চিন্তি’ রাত্রিকালে । রঘুনাথ-ত্যাগ-চিন্তায় হইল বিকলে ॥ ১৪৫ ॥
eta bali’ ghare gela, cinti’ rātri-kāle raghunātha-tyāga-cintāya ha-ila vikale
English translation
Translation
“After this, Murāri Gupta went home and spent the whole night thinking how he would have to give up the association of Raghunātha, Lord Rāmacandra. Thus he was overwhelmed.
Word meanings
eta bali’ — saying this ; ghare gela — went to his house ; cinti’ — thinking ; rātri - kāle — at night ; raghunātha — Lord Rāmacandra ; tyāga — giving up ; cintāya — by thoughts of ; ha - ila vikale — became overwhelmed .
Madhya-lila 15.146
Sourceকেমনে ছাড়িব রঘুনাথের চরণ । আজি রাত্র্যে প্রভু মোর করাহ মরণ ॥ ১৪৬ ॥
kemane chāḍiba raghunāthera caraṇa āji rātrye prabhu mora karāha maraṇa
English translation
Translation
“Murāri Gupta then began to pray at the lotus feet of Lord Rāmacandra. He prayed that death would come that night because it was not possible for him to give up the service of the lotus feet of Raghunātha.
Word meanings
kemane chāḍiba — how shall I give up ; raghunāthera caraṇa — the lotus feet of Lord Raghunātha ; āji rātrye — this night ; prabhu — O Lord Raghunātha ; mora — my ; karāha maraṇa — please cause death .
Madhya-lila 15.147
Sourceএই মত সর্ব-রাত্রি করেন ক্রন্দন । মনে সোয়াস্তি নাহি, রাত্রি কৈল জাগরণ ॥ ১৪৭ ॥
ei mata sarva-rātri karena krandana mane soyāsti nāhi, rātri kaila jāgaraṇa
English translation
Translation
“Thus Murāri Gupta cried the entire night. There was no rest for his mind; therefore he could not sleep but stayed awake the entire night.
Word meanings
ei mata — in this way ; sarva - rātri — the whole night ; karena krandana — cried ; mane — in the mind ; soyāsti nāhi — there is no rest ; rātri — the whole night ; kaila — kept ; jāgaraṇa — awake .
Madhya-lila 15.148
Sourceপ্রাতঃকালে আসি’ মোর ধরিল চরণ । কান্দিতে কান্দিতে কিছু করে নিবেদন ॥ ১৪৮ ॥
prātaḥ-kāle āsi’ mora dharila caraṇa kāndite kāndite kichu kare nivedana
English translation
Translation
“In the morning Murāri Gupta came to see Me. Catching hold of My feet and crying, he submitted an appeal.
Word meanings
prātaḥ - kāle — in the morning ; āsi’ — coming ; mora — My ; dharila — caught hold of ; caraṇa — feet ; kāndite kāndite — continuously crying ; kichu kare nivedana — submits some appeals .
Madhya-lila 15.149
Sourceরঘুনাথের পায় মুঞি বেচিয়াছোঁ মাথা । কাঢ়িতে না পারি মাথা, মনে পাই ব্যথা ॥ ১৪৯ ॥
raghunāthera pāya muñi veciyāchoṅ māthā kāḍhite nā pāri māthā, mane pāi vyathā
English translation
Translation
“Murāri Gupta said, ‘I have sold my head unto the lotus feet of Raghunātha. I cannot withdraw my head, for that would give me too much pain.
Word meanings
raghunāthera pāya — unto the lotus feet of Lord Raghunātha ; muñi — I ; veciyāchoṅ — sold ; māthā — head ; kāḍhite — to cut off ; nā pāri — I am unable ; māthā — my head ; mane — in my mind ; pāi vyathā — I get too much pain .
Madhya-lila 15.150
Sourceশ্রীরঘুনাথ-চরণ ছাড়ান না যায় । তব আজ্ঞা-ভঙ্গ হয়, কি করোঁ উপায় ॥ ১৫০ ॥
śrī-raghunātha-caraṇa chāḍāna nā yāya tava ājñā-bhaṅga haya, ki karoṅ upāya
English translation
Translation
“ ‘It is not possible for me to give up the service of Raghunātha’s lotus feet. At the same time, if I do not do so I shall break Your order. What can I do?’
Word meanings
śrī - raghunātha - caraṇa — the lotus feet of Lord Rāmacandra ; chāḍāna nā yāya — cannot be given up ; tava — Your ; ājñā — order ; bhaṅga — broken ; haya — is ; ki — what ; karoṅ — shall I do ; upāya — remedy .
Madhya-lila 15.151
Sourceতাতে মোরে এই কৃপা কর, দয়াময় । তোমার আগে মৃত্যু হউক, যাউক সংশয় ॥ ১৫১ ॥
tāte more ei kṛpā kara, dayāmaya tomāra āge mṛtyu ha-uka, yāuka saṁśaya
English translation
Translation
“In this way Murāri Gupta appealed to Me, saying, ‘You are all-merciful, so kindly grant me this mercy: Let me die before You so that all my doubts will be finished.’
Word meanings
tāte — therefore ; more — unto me ; ei — this ; kṛpā — mercy ; kara — bestow ; dayā - maya — O merciful one ; tomāra āge — before You ; mṛtyu ha - uka — let me die ; yāuka saṁśaya — and let all doubts go away .
Madhya-lila 15.152
Sourceএত শুনি’ আমি বড় মনে সুখ পাইলুঁ । ইঁহারে উঠাঞা তবে আলিঙ্গন কৈলুঁ ॥ ১৫২ ॥
eta śuni’ āmi baḍa mane sukha pāiluṅ iṅhāre uṭhāñā tabe āliṅgana kailuṅ
English translation
Translation
“Hearing this, I became very happy. I then raised Murāri Gupta and embraced him.
Word meanings
eta śuni’ — hearing this ; āmi — I ; baḍa — very great ; mane — in the mind ; sukha — happiness ; pāiluṅ — got ; iṅhāre — him ; uṭhāñā — raising ; tabe — at that time ; āliṅgana kailuṅ — I embraced .
Madhya-lila 15.153
Sourceসাধু সাধু, গুপ্ত, তোমার সুদৃঢ় ভজন । আমার বচনেহ তোমার না টলিল মন ॥ ১৫৩ ॥
sādhu sādhu, gupta, tomāra sudṛḍha bhajana āmāra vacaneha tomāra nā ṭalila mana
English translation
Translation
“I said to him, ‘All glories to you, Murāri Gupta! Your method of worship is very firmly fixed — so much so that even upon My request your mind did not turn.
Word meanings
sādhu sādhu — all glories unto you ; gupta — Murāri Gupta ; tomāra — your ; su - dṛḍha — firmly fixed ; bhajana — method of worship ; āmāra — My ; vacaneha — even on the request ; tomāra — your ; nā ṭalila — did not budge ; mana — mind .
Madhya-lila 15.154
Sourceএইমত সেবকের প্রীতি চাহি প্রভু-পায় । প্রভু ছাড়াইলেহ, পদ ছাড়ান না যায় ॥ ১৫৪ ॥
ei-mata sevakera prīti cāhi prabhu-pāya prabhu chāḍāileha, pada chāḍāna nā yāya
English translation
Translation
“ ‘The servitor must have love and affection for the lotus feet of the Lord exactly like this. Even if the Lord wants separation, a devotee cannot abandon the shelter of His lotus feet.
Word meanings
ei - mata — like this ; sevakera — of the servitor ; prīti — love ; cāhi — is wanted ; prabhu - pāya — unto the lotus feet of the Lord ; prabhu chāḍāileha — even though the Lord causes separation ; pada — the lotus feet of the Lord ; chāḍāna nā yāya — cannot be given up .
Purport
The word prabhu, or master, indicates that the Lord is to be continuously served by His devotee. The original prabhu is the Lord, Śrī Kṛṣṇa. Nonetheless, there are many devotees attached to Lord Rāmacandra, and Murāri Gupta is a vivid example of such unalloyed devotion. He never agreed to give up Lord Rāmacandra’s worship, not even upon Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s request. Such is the chastity of devotional service, as stated in the Antya-līlā of Śrī Caitanya-caritāmṛta (4.46-47):
sei bhakta dhanya, ye nā chāḍe prabhura caraṇa sei prabhu dhanya, ye nā chāḍe nija-jana
durdaive sevaka yadi yāya anya sthāne sei ṭhākura dhanya tāre cule dhari’ āne
In a firm relationship with the Lord, the devotee does not give up the Lord’s service under any circumstance. As far as the Lord Himself is concerned, if the devotee chooses to leave, the Lord brings him back again, dragging him by the hair.
Madhya-lila 15.155
Sourceএইমত তোমার নিষ্ঠা জানিবার তরে । তোমারে আগ্রহ আমি কৈলুঁ বারে বারে ॥ ১৫৫ ॥
ei-mata tomāra niṣṭhā jānibāra tare tomāre āgraha āmi kailuṅ bāre bāre
English translation
Translation
“ ‘Just to test your firm faith in your Lord, I requested you again and again to change your worship from Lord Rāmacandra to Kṛṣṇa.’
Word meanings
ei - mata — in this way ; tomāra — your ; niṣṭhā — firm faith ; jānibāra tare — to understand ; tomāre — unto you ; āgraha — persistence ; āmi kailuṅ — I did ; bāre bāre — again and again .
Madhya-lila 15.156
Sourceসাক্ষাৎ হনুমান্ তুমি শ্ৰীরাম-কিঙ্কর । তুমি কেনে ছাড়িবে তাঁর চরণ-কমল ॥ ১৫৬ ॥
sākṣāt hanumān tumi śrī-rāma-kiṅkara tumi kene chāḍibe tāṅra caraṇa-kamala
English translation
Translation
“In this way, I congratulated Murāri Gupta, saying, ‘Indeed, you are the incarnation of Hanumān. Consequently you are the eternal servant of Lord Rāmacandra. Why should you give up the worship of Lord Rāmacandra and His lotus feet?’ ”
Word meanings
sākṣāt — directly ; hanumān — Hanumān ; tumi — you ; śrī - rāma - kiṅkara — the servant of Śrī Rāma ; tumi — you ; kene — why ; chāḍibe — should give up ; tāṅra — His ; caraṇa - kamala — lotus feet .
Madhya-lila 15.157
Sourceসেই মুরারি-গুপ্ত এই — মোর প্রাণ সম । ইঁহার দৈন্য শুনি’ মোর ফাটয়ে জীবন ॥ ১৫৭ ॥
sei murāri-gupta ei — mora prāṇa sama iṅhāra dainya śuni’ mora phāṭaye jīvana
English translation
Translation
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu continued, “I accept this Murāri Gupta as My life and soul. When I hear of his humility, it perturbs My very life.”
Word meanings
sei murāri - gupta — that Murāri Gupta ; ei — this ; mora prāṇa sama — not different from My life and soul ; iṅhāra — of him ; dainya — humility ; śuni’ — hearing ; mora — My ; phāṭaye — perturbs ; jīvana — life .
Madhya-lila 15.158
Sourceতবে বাসুদেবে প্রভু করি’ আলিঙ্গন । তাঁর গুণ কহে হঞা সহস্র-বদন ॥ ১৫৮ ॥
tabe vāsudeve prabhu kari’ āliṅgana tāṅra guṇa kahe hañā sahasra-vadana
English translation
Translation
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu then embraced Vāsudeva Datta and began to speak of his glories as if He had a thousand mouths.
Word meanings
tabe — then ; vāsudeve — Vāsudeva ; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; kari’ āliṅgana — embracing ; tāṅra guṇa — his good qualities ; kahe — began to explain ; hañā — becoming ; sahasra - vadana — possessing thousands of mouths .
Madhya-lila 15.159
Sourceনিজ-গুণ শুনি’ দত্ত মনে লজ্জা পাঞা । নিবেদন করে প্রভুর চরণে ধরিয়া ॥ ১৫৯ ॥
nija-guṇa śuni’ datta mane lajjā pāñā nivedana kare prabhura caraṇe dhariyā
English translation
Translation
When Caitanya Mahāprabhu glorified him, Vāsudeva Datta immediately became very much embarrassed and shy. He then submitted himself, touching the Lord’s lotus feet.
Word meanings
nija - guṇa — his personal qualities ; śuni’ — hearing ; datta — Vāsudeva Datta ; mane — in the mind ; lajjā pāñā — being ashamed ; nivedana kare — submits ; prabhura — of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; caraṇe dhariyā — catching the lotus feet .
Madhya-lila 15.160
Sourceজগৎ তারিতে প্রভু তোমার অবতার । মোর নিবেদন এক করহ অঙ্গীকার ॥ ১৬০ ॥
jagat tārite prabhu tomāra avatāra mora nivedana eka karaha aṅgīkāra
English translation
Translation
Vāsudeva Datta told Caitanya Mahāprabhu, “My dear Lord, You incarnate just to deliver all conditioned souls. I now have one petition, which I wish You would accept.
Word meanings
jagat tārite — to deliver the whole world ; prabhu — my Lord ; tomāra — Your ; avatāra — incarnation ; mora — my ; nivedana — petition ; eka — one ; karaha aṅgīkāra — please accept .
Madhya-lila 15.161
Sourceকরিতে সমর্থ তুমি হও, দয়াময় । তুমি মন কর, তবে আনায়াসে হয় ॥ ১৬১ ॥
karite samartha tumi hao, dayāmaya tumi mana kara, tabe anāyāse haya
English translation
Translation
“My Lord, You are certainly able to do whatever You like, and You are indeed merciful. If You so desire, You can very easily do whatever You want.
Word meanings
karite — to execute ; samartha — capable ; tumi — You ; hao — are ; dayā - maya — O merciful one ; tumi mana kara — if You so desire ; tabe — then ; anāyāse — without difficulty ; haya — it becomes possible .
Madhya-lila 15.162
Sourceজীবের দুঃখ দেখি’ মোর হৃদয় বিদরে । সর্বজীবের পাপ প্রভু দেহ’ মোর শিরে ॥ ১৬২ ॥
jīvera duḥkha dekhi’ mora hṛdaya bidare sarva-jīvera pāpa prabhu deha’ mora śire
English translation
Translation
“My Lord, my heart breaks to see the sufferings of all the conditioned souls; therefore I request You to transfer the karma of their sinful lives upon my head.
Word meanings
jīvera — of all conditioned souls ; duḥkha dekhi’ — by seeing the sufferings ; mora — my ; hṛdaya — heart ; bidare — breaks ; sarva - jīvera — of all living entities ; pāpa — the sinful reactions ; prabhu — my dear Lord ; deha’ — just put ; mora śire — upon my head .
Madhya-lila 15.163
Sourceজীবের পাপ লঞা মুঞি করোঁ নরক ভোগ । সকল জীবের, প্রভু, ঘুচাহ ভবরোগ ॥ ১৬৩ ॥
jīvera pāpa lañā muñi karoṅ naraka bhoga sakala jīvera, prabhu, ghucāha bhava-roga
English translation
Translation
“My dear Lord, let me suffer perpetually in a hellish condition, accepting all the sinful reactions of all living entities. Please finish their diseased material life.”
Word meanings
jīvera — of all conditioned souls ; pāpa lañā — accepting the sinful reactions ; muñi — I ; karoṅ — do ; naraka — hellish life ; bhoga — experience ; sakala jīvera — of all living entities ; prabhu — my dear Lord ; ghucāha — please finish ; bhava - roga — the material disease .
Purport
Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura gives the following commentary on this verse. In the Western countries, Christians believe that Lord Jesus Christ, their spiritual master, appeared in order to eradicate all the sins of his disciples. To this end, Lord Jesus Christ appeared and disappeared. Here, however, we find Śrī Vāsudeva Datta Ṭhākura and Śrīla Haridāsa Ṭhākura to be many millions of times more advanced than even Lord Jesus Christ. Jesus Christ relieved only his followers from all sinful reactions, but Vāsudeva Datta is here prepared to accept the sins of everyone in the universe. So the comparative position of Vāsudeva Datta is millions of times better than that of Lord Jesus Christ. A Vaiṣṇava is so liberal that he is prepared to risk everything to rescue the conditioned souls from material existence. Śrīla Vāsudeva Datta Ṭhākura is universal love itself, for he was willing to sacrifice everything and fully engage in the service of the Supreme Lord.
Śrīla Vāsudeva Datta knew very well that Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was the original Personality of Godhead, Transcendence itself, above the material conception of illusion and māyā. Lord Jesus Christ certainly finished the sinful reactions of his followers by his mercy, but that does not mean he completely delivered them from the pangs of material existence. A person may be relieved from sins once, but it is a practice among Christians to confess sins and yet commit them again. By getting freed from sins and again engaging in them, one cannot attain freedom from the pangs of material existence. A diseased person may go to a physician for relief, but after he leaves the hospital he may again be infected due to his unclean habits. Thus material existence continues. Śrīla Vāsudeva Datta wanted to completely relieve the conditioned souls from material existence so that they would no longer have an opportunity to commit sinful acts. This is the significant difference between Śrīla Vāsudeva Datta and Lord Jesus Christ. It is a great offense to receive pardon for sins and then commit the same sins again. Such an offense is more dangerous than the sinful activity itself. Vāsudeva Datta was so liberal that he requested Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu to transfer all offensive activity upon him so the conditioned souls would be purified and go back home, back to Godhead. This prayer was certainly without duplicity.
Vāsudeva Datta’s example is unique not only within this world but within the universe. It is beyond the conception of fruitive actors or the speculation of mundane philosophers. Due to being illusioned by the external energy and due to a poor fund of knowledge, people tend to envy one another. Because of this they are entangled in fruitive activity, and they try to escape this fruitive activity by mental speculation. Consequently neither karmīs nor jñānīs are purified. In the words of Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Ṭhākura, they are kukarmīs and kujñānīs — bad fruitive actors and bad speculators. The Māyāvādīs and karmīs should therefore turn their attention to the magnanimous Vāsudeva Datta, who wanted to suffer for others in a hellish condition. No one should consider Vāsudeva Datta a mundane philanthropist or welfare worker. Nor was he interested in merging into the Brahman effulgence or in gaining material honor or reputation. He was far, far above philanthropists, philosophers and fruitive actors. He was the most exalted personality to ever show mercy to the conditioned souls. This is not an exaggeration of his transcendental qualities. It is perfectly true. Actually, there cannot be any comparison to Vāsudeva Datta. As the perfect Vaiṣṇava, he was para-duḥkha-duḥkhī, very much aggrieved to see others suffer. The entire world is purified simply by the appearance of such a great devotee. Indeed, by his transcendental presence the whole world is glorified and all conditioned souls are also glorified. As Narottama dāsa Ṭhākura confirms, Vāsudeva Datta is the ideal devotee of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu:
gaurāṅgera saṅgi-gaṇe, nitya-siddha kari’ māne, se yāya vrajendrasuta-pāśa
One who executes Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s mission must be considered eternally liberated. He is a transcendental person and does not belong to this material world. Such a devotee, engaging in the deliverance of the total population, is as magnanimous as Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu Himself.
namo mahā-vadānyāya kṛṣṇa-prema-pradāya te kṛṣṇāya kṛṣṇa-caitanya- nāmne gaura-tviṣe namaḥ
Such a personality factually represents Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu because his heart is always filled with compassion for all conditioned souls.
Madhya-lila 15.164
Sourceএত শুনি’ মহাপ্রভুর চিত্ত দ্রবিলা । অশ্রু-কম্প-স্বরভঙ্গে কহিতে লাগিলা ॥ ১৬৪ ॥
eta śuni’ mahāprabhura citta dravilā aśru-kampa-svarabhaṅge kahite lāgilā
English translation
Translation
When Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu heard Vāsudeva Datta’s statement, His heart became very soft. Tears flowed from His eyes, and He began to tremble. In a faltering voice He spoke as follows.
Word meanings
eta śuni’ — hearing this ; mahāprabhura — of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; citta — heart ; dravilā — became softened ; aśru — tears ; kampa — trembling ; svara - bhaṅge — with faltering of the voice ; kahite — to speak ; lāgilā — began .
Madhya-lila 15.165
Source“তোমার বিচিত্র নহে, তুমি — সাক্ষাৎ প্ৰহ্লাদ । তোমার উপরে কৃষ্ণের সম্পূর্ণ প্রসাদ ॥ ১৬৫ ॥
“tomāra vicitra nahe, tumi — sākṣāt prahlāda tomāra upare kṛṣṇera sampūrṇa prasāda
English translation
Translation
Accepting Vāsudeva Datta as a great devotee, the Lord said, “Such a statement is not at all astonishing because you are the incarnation of Prahlāda Mahārāja. It appears that Lord Kṛṣṇa has bestowed complete mercy upon you. There is no doubt about it.
Word meanings
tomāra — in you ; vicitra nahe — this is not extraordinary ; tumi — you ; sākṣāt prahlāda — incarnation of Prahlāda Mahārāja ; tomāra upare — upon you ; kṛṣṇera — of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; sampūrṇa — complete ; prasāda — mercy .
Madhya-lila 15.166
Sourceকৃষ্ণ সেই সত্য করে, যেই মাগে ভৃত্য । ভৃত্য-বাঞ্ছা-পূর্তি বিনু নাহি অন্য কৃত্য ॥ ১৬৬ ॥
kṛṣṇa sei satya kare, yei māge bhṛtya bhṛtya-vāñchā-pūrti vinu nāhi anya kṛtya
English translation
Translation
“Whatever a pure devotee wants from his master, Lord Kṛṣṇa doubtlessly grants because He has no duty other than to fulfill the desire of His devotee.
Word meanings
kṛṣṇa — Lord Kṛṣṇa ; sei — that ; satya kare — fulfills as true ; yei — whatever ; māge — wants ; bhṛtya — servant ; bhṛtya - vāñchā — the desire of His servant ; pūrti — fulfilling ; vinu — without ; nāhi — there is not ; anya — other ; kṛtya — duty .
Madhya-lila 15.167
Sourceব্রহ্মাণ্ড জীবের তুমি বাঞ্ছিলে নিস্তার । বিনা পাপ-ভোগে হবে সবার উদ্ধার ॥ ১৬৭ ॥
brahmāṇḍa jīvera tumi vāñchile nistāra vinā pāpa-bhoge habe sabāra uddhāra
English translation
Translation
“If you desire the deliverance of all living entities within the universe, then all of them can be delivered even without your undergoing the tribulations of sinful activity.
Word meanings
brahmāṇḍa — of the universe ; jīvera — of all living entities ; tumi vāñchile — if you desire ; nistāra — deliverance ; vinā — without ; pāpa - bhoge — undergoing tribulations of sinful activities ; habe — there will be ; sabāra — everyone’s ; uddhāra — liberation .
Madhya-lila 15.168
Sourceঅসমর্থ নহে কৃষ্ণ, ধরে সর্ব বল । তোমাকে বা কেনে ভুঞ্জাইবে পাপ-ফল? ॥ ১৬৮ ॥
asamartha nahe kṛṣṇa, dhare sarva bala tomāke vā kene bhuñjāibe pāpa-phala?
English translation
Translation
“Kṛṣṇa is not incapable, for He has all potencies. Why would He induce you to suffer the sinful reactions of other living entities?
Word meanings
asamartha nahe — is not unable ; kṛṣṇa — Lord Kṛṣṇa ; dhare — possesses ; sarva bala — all potencies ; tomāke — you ; vā — then ; kene — why ; bhuñjāibe — would cause to suffer ; pāpa - phala — results of sinful reactions .
Madhya-lila 15.169
Sourceতুমি যাঁর হিত বাঞ্ছ’, সে হৈল ‘বৈষ্ণব’ । বৈষ্ণবের পাপ কৃষ্ণ দূর করে সব ॥ ১৬৯ ॥
tumi yāṅra hita vāñcha’, se haila ‘vaiṣṇava’ vaiṣṇavera pāpa kṛṣṇa dūra kare saba
English translation
Translation
“Whosever welfare you desire immediately becomes a Vaiṣṇava, and Kṛṣṇa delivers all Vaiṣṇavas from the reactions of their past sinful activities.
Word meanings
tumi — you ; yāṅra — of whom ; hita vāñcha’ — desire the welfare ; se — such a person ; haila — immediately becomes ; vaiṣṇava — a devotee ; vaiṣṇavera — of a Vaiṣṇava ; pāpa — the accidental sinful life ; kṛṣṇa — Lord Kṛṣṇa ; dūra kare — vanquishes ; saba — all .
Purport
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu here informed Vāsudeva Datta that since Kṛṣṇa is all-powerful, He can immediately deliver all conditioned souls from material existence. In essence, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said, “You desire the liberation of all kinds of living entities without discrimination. You are very anxious for their good fortune, and I say that simply by your prayer all living entities within the universe can be liberated. You do not even have to take up the burden of their sinful activities. Thus there is no need for you to suffer for their sinful lives. Whoever receives your compassion becomes a Vaiṣṇava immediately, and Kṛṣṇa delivers all Vaiṣṇavas from the reactions to their past sinful activities.” Kṛṣṇa also promises this in the Bhagavad-gītā (18.66) :
sarva-dharmān parityajya mām ekaṁ śaraṇaṁ vraja ahaṁ tvāṁ sarva-pāpebhyo mokṣayiṣyāmi mā śucaḥ
“Abandon all varieties of religion and just surrender unto Me. I shall deliver you from all sinful reactions. Do not fear.”
As soon as one fully surrenders to Kṛṣṇa, he becomes a Vaiṣṇava. In this verse from the Bhagavad-gītā Kṛṣṇa promises to relieve His devotee from all the reactions to sinful life. It is a fact that a fully surrendered Vaiṣṇava is completely out of the range of material infection. This is to say that he does not suffer the results of his previous pious or impious actions. Unless one is freed from sinful life, one cannot become a Vaiṣṇava. In other words, if one is a Vaiṣṇava, his sinful life is certainly ended. According to the Padma Purāṇa:
aprārabdha-phalaṁ pāpaṁ kūṭaṁ bījaṁ phalonmukham krameṇaiva pralīyeta viṣṇu-bhakti-ratātmanām
“There are different stages of dormant reactions to sinful activities to be observed in a sinful life. Sinful reactions may be just waiting to take effect [ phalonmukha ], reactions may be still further dormant [ kūṭa ], or the reactions may be in a seedlike state [ bīja ]. In any case, all types of sinful reactions are vanquished one after another if a person engages in the devotional service of Lord Viṣṇu.”
Madhya-lila 15.170
Sourceযস্ত্বিন্দ্রগোপমথবেন্দ্রমহো স্বকর্ম- বন্ধানুরূপফলভাজনমাতনোতি । কর্মাণি নির্দহতি কিন্তু চ ভক্তিভাজাং গোবিন্দমাদিপুরুষং তমহং ভজামি ॥ ১৭০ ॥
yas tv indra-gopam atha vendram aho sva-karma- bandhānurūpa-phala-bhājanam ātanoti karmāṇi nirdahati kintu ca bhakti-bhājāṁ govindam ādi-puruṣaṁ tam ahaṁ bhajāmi
English translation
Translation
“ ‘Let me offer my respectful obeisances unto the original Personality of Godhead, Govinda, who regulates the sufferings and enjoyments due to fruitive activity. He does this for everyone — from the heavenly King Indra down to the smallest insect [indra-gopa]. That very Personality of Godhead destroys the karmic reactions of one engaged in devotional service.’
Word meanings
yaḥ — He who (Govinda) ; tu — but ; indra - gopam — to the small red insect called indra-gopa ; atha vā — or even ; indram — to Indra, King of heaven ; aho — oh ; sva - karma — of one’s own fruitive activities ; bandha — bondage ; anurūpa — according to ; phala — of reactions ; bhājanam — enjoying or suffering ; ātanoti — bestows ; karmāṇi — all fruitive activities and their reactions ; nirdahati — destroys ; kintu — but ; ca — certainly ; bhakti - bhājām — of persons engaged in devotional service ; govindam — unto Lord Govinda ; ādi - puruṣam — the original person ; tam — unto Him ; aham — I ; bhajāmi — offer my obeisances .
Purport
This is a quotation from the Brahma-saṁhitā (5.54) .
Madhya-lila 15.171
Sourceতোমার ইচ্ছা-মাত্রে হবে ব্রহ্মাণ্ড-মোচন । সর্ব মুক্ত করিতে কৃষ্ণের নাহি কিছু শ্রম ॥ ১৭১ ॥
tomāra icchā-mātre habe brahmāṇḍa-mocana sarva mukta karite kṛṣṇera nāhi kichu śrama
English translation
Translation
“Because of your honest desire, all living entities within the universe will be delivered, for Kṛṣṇa does not have to do anything to deliver all the living entities of the universe.
Word meanings
tomāra icchā - mātre — simply by your desire ; habe — there will be ; brahmāṇḍa - mocana — deliverance of the universe ; sarva — everyone ; mukta karite — to liberate ; kṛṣṇera — of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; nāhi — there is not ; kichu — even a little ; śrama — labor .
Madhya-lila 15.172
Sourceএক উড়ুম্বর বৃক্ষে লাগে কোটি-ফলে । কোটি যে ব্রহ্মাণ্ড ভাসে বিরজার জলে ॥ ১৭২ ॥
eka uḍumbara vṛkṣe lāge koṭi-phale koṭi ye brahmāṇḍa bhāse virajāra jale
English translation
Translation
“Just as there are millions of fruits on the uḍumbara tree, millions of universes float on the waters of the river Virajā.
Word meanings
eka uḍumbara vṛkṣe — in one uḍumbara tree ; lāge — there are ; koṭi - phale — millions of fruits ; koṭi — millions ; ye — which ; brahmāṇḍa — of universes ; bhāse — float ; virajāra — of the Virajā River ; jale — in the water .
Purport
Virajā is a river that divides the material world from the spiritual world. On one side of the river Virajā is the effulgence of Brahmaloka and innumerable Vaikuṇṭha planets, and on the other side is this material world. It is to be understood that this side of the Virajā River is filled with material planets floating in the Causal Ocean. The name Virajā indicates a marginal position between the spiritual and material worlds, but the Virajā River is not under the control of the material energy. Consequently it is devoid of the three guṇas.
Madhya-lila 15.173
Sourceতার এক ফল পড়ি’ যদি নষ্ট হয় । তথাপি বৃক্ষ নাহি জানে নিজ-অপচয় ॥ ১৭৩ ॥
tāra eka phala paḍi’ yadi naṣṭa haya tathāpi vṛkṣa nāhi jāne nija-apacaya
English translation
Translation
“The uḍumbara tree is filled with millions of fruits, and if one falls down and is destroyed, the tree does not even consider the loss.
Word meanings
tāra — of the tree ; eka phala — one fruit ; paḍi’ — falling down ; yadi — if ; naṣṭa haya — becomes destroyed ; tathāpi — still ; vṛkṣa — the tree ; nāhi jāne — does not know ; nija - apacaya — its loss .
Madhya-lila 15.174
Sourceতৈছে এক ব্রহ্মাণ্ড যদি মুক্ত হয় । তবু অল্প-হানি কৃষ্ণের মনে নাহি লয় ॥ ১৭৪ ॥
taiche eka brahmāṇḍa yadi mukta haya tabu alpa-hāni kṛṣṇera mane nāhi laya
English translation
Translation
“In the same way, if one universe is vacated due to the living entities’ having been liberated, that is a very little thing for Kṛṣṇa. He does not take it very seriously.
Word meanings
taiche — similarly ; eka brahmāṇḍa — one universe ; yadi — if ; mukta haya — becomes liberated ; tabu — still ; alpa - hāni — very little loss ; kṛṣṇera — of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; mane — the mind ; nāhi laya — does not take it very seriously .
Madhya-lila 15.175
Sourceঅনন্ত ঐশ্বর্য কৃষ্ণের বৈকুণ্ঠাদি-ধাম । তার গড়খাই — কারণাব্ধি যার নাম ॥ ১৭৫ ॥
ananta aiśvarya kṛṣṇera vaikuṇṭhādi-dhāma tāra gaḍa-khāi — kāraṇābdhi yāra nāma
English translation
Translation
“The entire spiritual world constitutes the unlimited opulence of Kṛṣṇa, and there are innumerable Vaikuṇṭha planets there. The Causal Ocean is considered the surrounding waters of Vaikuṇṭhaloka.
Word meanings
ananta — unlimited ; aiśvarya — opulence ; kṛṣṇera — of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; vaikuṇṭha - ādi - dhāma — innumerable Vaikuṇṭha planets ; tāra — of Vaikuṇṭhaloka ; gaḍa - khāi — surrounding water ; kāraṇa - abdhi — Causal Ocean ; yāra — of which ; nāma — name .
Madhya-lila 15.176
Sourceতাতে ভাসে মায়া লঞা অনন্ত ব্ৰহ্মাণ্ড । গড়খাইতে ভাসে যেন রাই-পূর্ণ ভাণ্ড ॥ ১৭৬ ॥
tāte bhāse māyā lañā ananta brahmāṇḍa gaḍa-khāite bhāse yena rāi-pūrṇa bhāṇḍa
English translation
Translation
“Māyā and her unlimited material universes are situated in that Causal Ocean. Indeed, māyā appears to be floating like a pot filled with mustard seeds.
Word meanings
tāte — in that water ; bhāse — floats ; māyā — the material energy ; lañā — taking ; ananta — unlimited ; brahmāṇḍa — universes ; gaḍa - khāite — in the surrounding water ; bhāse — floats ; yena — as if ; rāi - pūrṇa bhāṇḍa — a pot filled with mustard seeds .
Madhya-lila 15.177
Sourceতার এক রাই-নাশে হানি নাহি মানি । ঐছে এক অণ্ড-নাশে কৃষ্ণের নাহি হানি ॥ ১৭৭ ॥
tāra eka rāi-nāśe hāni nāhi māni aiche eka aṇḍa-nāśe kṛṣṇera nāhi hāni
English translation
Translation
“Of the millions of mustard seeds floating in that pot, if one seed is lost, the loss is not at all significant. Similarly, if one universe is lost, it is not significant to Lord Kṛṣṇa.
Word meanings
tāra — of it ; eka — one ; rāi - nāśe — loss of a mustard seed ; hāni — loss ; nāhi — does not ; māni — notice ; aiche — in that way ; eka — one ; aṇḍa — universe ; nāśe — being lost ; kṛṣṇera — of Kṛṣṇa ; nāhi hāni — there is no loss .
Madhya-lila 15.178
Sourceসব ব্ৰহ্মাণ্ড সহ যদি ‘মায়া’র হয় ক্ষয় । তথাপি না মানে কৃষ্ণ কিছু অপচয় ॥ ১৭৮ ॥
saba brahmāṇḍa saha yadi ‘māyā’ra haya kṣaya tathāpi nā māne kṛṣṇa kichu apacaya
English translation
Translation
“To say nothing of one universal mustard seed, even if all the universes and the material energy [māyā] are destroyed, Kṛṣṇa does not even consider the loss.
Word meanings
saba brahmāṇḍa — all the universes ; saha — with ; yadi — if ; māyāra — of the material energy ; haya kṣaya — there is destruction ; tathāpi — still ; nā — not ; māne — considers ; kṛṣṇa — Lord Kṛṣṇa ; kichu — any ; apacaya — lost .
Madhya-lila 15.179
Sourceকোটি-কামধেনু-পতির ছাগী যৈছে মরে । ষড়ৈশ্বর্যপতি কৃষ্ণের মায়া কিবা করে ? ১৭৯ ॥
koṭi-kāmadhenu-patira chāgī yaiche mare ṣaḍ-aiśvarya-pati kṛṣṇera māyā kibā kare?
English translation
Translation
“If a person possessing millions of wish-fulfilling cows loses one she-goat, he does not consider the loss. Kṛṣṇa owns all six opulences in full. If the entire material energy is destroyed, what does He lose?”
Word meanings
koṭi — of millions ; kāma - dhenu — of desire cows ; patira — of the master ; chāgī — one she-goat ; yaiche — as ; mare — dies ; ṣaṭ - aiśvarya - pati — the master of six opulences ; kṛṣṇera — of Kṛṣṇa ; māyā — external energy ; kibā — what ; kare — can do .
Purport
Śrīla Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura, in clarifying verses 171-179, states that the meaning of these stanzas is very simple but that the purport is a little difficult to understand. Generally, the conditioned souls forget Kṛṣṇa when they are enticed by the material, external energy. Consequently they are called kṛṣṇa-bahirmukha, bereft of their relationship with Kṛṣṇa. When such a living entity comes under the jurisdiction of the material energy, he is sent into one of the innumerable material universes created by the material energy to give a chance to conditioned souls to fulfill their desires in the material world. Being very eager to enjoy the fruits of their activities, conditioned souls become involved in the actions and reactions of material life. Consequently they enjoy and suffer the results of karma. However, if a conditioned soul becomes Kṛṣṇa conscious, the karma of his pious and impious activities is completely destroyed. Simply by becoming a devotee, one is freed of all the reactions of karma. Similarly, simply by the desire of a devotee, a conditioned soul can attain liberation and transcend the results of karma. Since everyone can be liberated in this way, one may conclude that it is according to the sweet will of the devotee whether the material world exists or does not exist. Ultimately, however, it is not the sweet will of the devotee but the will of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who, if He so desires, can completely annihilate the material creation. There is no loss on His part. The owner of millions of cows does not consider the loss of one she-goat. Similarly, Lord Kṛṣṇa is the proprietor of both the material and spiritual universes. The material world constitutes only one-fourth of His creative energy. If, according to the desire of the devotee, the Lord completely destroys the creation, He is so opulent that He will not mind the loss.
Madhya-lila 15.180
Sourceজয় জয় জহ্যজামজিত দোষগৃভীতগুণাং ত্বমসি যদাত্মনা সমবরুদ্ধসমস্তভগঃ । অগজগদোকসামখিলশক্ত্যববোধক তে ক্বচিদজয়াত্মনা চ চরতোঽনুচরেন্নিগমঃ ॥” ১৮০ ॥
jaya jaya jahy ajām ajita doṣa-gṛbhīta-guṇāṁ tvam asi yad ātmanā samavaruddha-samasta-bhagaḥ aga-jagad-okasām akhila-śakty-avabodhaka te kvacid ajayātmanā ca carato ’nucaren nigamaḥ”
English translation
Translation
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu continued, “ ‘O my Lord, O unconquerable one, O master of all potencies, please exhibit Your internal potency to conquer the nescience of all moving and inert living entities. Due to nescience, they accept all kinds of faulty things, thus provoking a fearful situation. O Lord, please show Your glories! You can do this very easily, for Your internal potency is beyond the external potency, and You are the reservoir of all opulence. You are also the demonstrator of the material potency. You are also always engaged in Your pastimes in the spiritual world, where You exhibit Your reserved, internal potency, and sometimes You exhibit the external potency by glancing over it. Thus You manifest Your pastimes. The Vedas confirm Your two potencies and accept both types of pastimes due to them.’ ”
Word meanings
jaya jaya — kindly exhibit Your glory ; jahi — please conquer ; ajām — nescience, māyā ; ajita — O unconquerable one ; doṣa — faulty ; gṛbhīta - guṇām — by which the qualities are accepted ; tvam — You ; asi — are ; yat — because ; ātmanā — by Your internal potency ; samavaruddha — possessing ; samasta - bhagaḥ — all kinds of opulences ; aga — nonmoving ; jagat — moving ; okasām — of the embodied living entities ; akhila — all ; śakti — of potencies ; avabodhaka — master ; te — You ; kvacit — sometimes ; ajayā — by the external energy ; ātmanā — of Your self ; ca — also ; carataḥ — manifesting pastimes (by Your glance) ; anucaret — confirm ; nigamaḥ — all the Vedas .
Purport
This verse is taken from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.87.14) . It is from the prayers of the śruti-gaṇa, the personified Vedas, who glorify the Lord.
The almighty Personality of Godhead has three potencies — internal, external and marginal. The conditioned souls, who are condemned due to their forgetfulness of the Lord, are put under the control of the external potency when she creates the material world. The three modes of material nature keep the living entity in a constant state of fear ( bhayaṁ dvitīyābhiniveśataḥ ) . The conditioned soul is always fearful due to being controlled by the external potency; therefore the conditioned soul should always pray to the almighty Lord to conquer the external potency ( māyā ) so that she will no longer manifest her powers, which bind all living entities, moving and inert. By praying in this way one will become eligible to remain constantly in the association of the Lord, thus fulfilling the mission of going back home, back to Godhead.
Madhya-lila 15.181
Sourceএই মত সর্বভক্তের কহি’ সব গুণ । সবারে বিদায় দিল করি’ আলিঙ্গন ॥ ১৮১ ॥
ei mata sarva-bhaktera kahi’ saba guṇa sabāre vidāya dila kari’ āliṅgana
English translation
Translation
In this way, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu described the good qualities of His devotees one after the other. He then embraced them and bade them farewell.
Word meanings
ei mata — in this way ; sarva - bhaktera — of all the devotees ; kahi’ — describing ; saba guṇa — all the good qualities ; sabāre — unto everyone ; vidāya dila — bade farewell ; kari’ āliṅgana — embracing .
Madhya-lila 15.182
Sourceপ্রভুর বিচ্ছেদে ভক্ত করেন রোদন । ভক্তের বিচ্ছেদে প্রভুর বিষণ্ণ হৈল মন ॥ ১৮২ ॥
prabhura vicchede bhakta karena rodana bhaktera vicchede prabhura viṣaṇṇa haila mana
English translation
Translation
Due to the impending separation from Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, all the devotees began to cry. The Lord was also morose due to separation from the devotees.
Word meanings
prabhura — from Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; vicchede — by separation ; bhakta — all the devotees ; karena — do ; rodana — crying ; bhaktera — of the devotees ; vicchede — by the separation ; prabhura — of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; viṣaṇṇa — morose ; haila — became ; mana — the mind .
Madhya-lila 15.183
Sourceগদাধর-পণ্ডিত রহিলা প্রভুর পাশে । যমেশ্বরে প্রভু যাঁরে করাইলা আবাসে ॥ ১৮৩ ॥
gadādhara-paṇḍita rahilā prabhura pāśe yameśvare prabhu yāṅre karāilā āvāse
English translation
Translation
Gadādhara Paṇḍita remained with Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, and he was given a place to live at Yameśvara.
Word meanings
gadādhara - paṇḍita — Gadādhara Paṇḍita ; rahilā — remained ; prabhura pāśe — along with Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; yameśvare — at Yameśvara ; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; yāṅre — unto whom ; karāilā — made to take ; āvāse — residence .
Purport
Yameśvara is on the southwest side of the Jagannātha temple. Gadādhara Paṇḍita resided there, and there was a small garden and a sandy beach known as Yameśvara-ṭoṭā.
Madhya-lila 15.184-185
Sourceপুরী-গোসাঞি, জগদানন্দ, স্বরূপ-দামোদর । দামোদর-পণ্ডিত, আর গোবিন্দ, কাশীশ্বর ॥ ১৮৪ ॥ এইসব-সঙ্গে প্রভু বৈসে নীলাচলে । জগন্নাথ-দরশন নিত্য করে প্রাতঃকালে ॥ ১৮৫ ॥
purī-gosāñi, jagadānanda, svarūpa-dāmodara dāmodara-paṇḍita, āra govinda, kāśīśvara ei-saba-saṅge prabhu vaise nīlācale jagannātha-daraśana nitya kare prātaḥ-kāle
English translation
Translation
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu remained at Jagannātha Purī, Nīlācala, with Paramānanda Purī, Jagadānanda, Svarūpa Dāmodara, Dāmodara Paṇḍita, Govinda and Kāśīśvara. It was Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s daily practice to see Lord Jagannātha in the morning.
Word meanings
purī - gosāñi — Paramānanda Purī ; jagadānanda — Jagadānanda ; svarūpa - dāmodara — Svarūpa Dāmodara ; dāmodara - paṇḍita — Dāmodara Paṇḍita ; āra — and ; govinda — Govinda ; kāśīśvara — Kāśīśvara ; ei - saba — all these personalities ; saṅge — accompanied by ; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; vaise — stays ; nīlācale — at Jagannātha Purī ; jagannātha - daraśana — seeing Lord Jagannātha ; nitya — daily ; kare — does ; prātaḥ - kāle — in the morning .
Madhya-lila 15.186
Sourceপ্রভু-পাশ আসি’ সার্বভৌম এক দিন । যোড়হাত করি’ কিছু কৈল নিবেদন ॥ ১৮৬ ॥
prabhu-pāśa āsi’ sārvabhauma eka dina yoḍa-hāta kari’ kichu kaila nivedana
English translation
Translation
One day Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya came before Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu with folded hands and submitted a request.
Word meanings
prabhu - pāśa — in the presence of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; āsi’ — coming ; sārvabhauma — Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya ; eka dina — one day ; yoḍa - hāta kari’ — with folded hands ; kichu — some ; kaila — did ; nivedana — submission .
Madhya-lila 15.187
Sourceএবে সব বৈষ্ণব গৌড়দেশে চলি’ গেল । এবে প্রভুর নিমন্ত্রণে অবসর হৈল ॥ ১৮৭ ॥
ebe saba vaiṣṇava gauḍa-deśe cali’ gela ebe prabhura nimantraṇe avasara haila
English translation
Translation
Since all the Vaiṣṇavas had returned to Bengal, there was a good chance that the Lord would accept an invitation.
Word meanings
ebe — now ; saba — all ; vaiṣṇava — devotees ; gauḍa - deśe — to Bengal ; cali’ gela — have returned ; ebe — now ; prabhura — of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; nimantraṇe — for invitations ; avasara haila — there is a chance .
Madhya-lila 15.188
Sourceএবে মোর ঘরে ভিক্ষা করহ ‘মাস’ ভরি’ । প্রভু কহে, — ধর্ম নহে, করিতে না পারি ॥ ১৮৮ ॥
ebe mora ghare bhikṣā karaha ‘māsa’ bhari’ prabhu kahe, — dharma nahe, karite nā pāri
English translation
Translation
Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya said, “Please accept my invitation for lunch for one month.”
Word meanings
ebe — now ; mora ghare — at my place ; bhikṣā — lunch ; karaha — accept ; māsa bhari’ — for one month ; prabhu kahe — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu replied ; dharma — religious principle ; nahe — it is not ; karite — to do ; nā pāri — I am unable .
Purport
The Lord replied, “That is not possible, because it is against the religious principles of a sannyāsī.”
Madhya-lila 15.189
Sourceসার্বভৌম কহে, — ভিক্ষা করহ বিশ দিন । প্রভু কহে, — এহ নহে যতিধর্ম-চিহ্ন ॥ ১৮৯ ॥
sārvabhauma kahe, — bhikṣā karaha biśa dina prabhu kahe, — eha nahe yati-dharma-cihna
English translation
Translation
Sārvabhauma then said, “Please accept the invitation for twenty days.”
Word meanings
sārvabhauma kahe — Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya said ; bhikṣā karaha — accept lunch ; biśa dina — for twenty days ; prabhu kahe — Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said ; eha nahe — this is not ; yati - dharma - cihna — the symptom of a person in the renounced order of life .
Purport
But Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu replied, “It is not a religious principle of the renounced order.”
Madhya-lila 15.190
Sourceসার্বভৌম কহে পুনঃ, — দিন ‘পঞ্চদশ’ । প্রভু কহে, — তোমার ভিক্ষা ‘এক’ দিবস ॥ ১৯০ ॥
sārvabhauma kahe punaḥ, — dina ‘pañca-daśa’ prabhu kahe, — tomāra bhikṣā ‘eka’ divasa
English translation
Translation
When Sārvabhauma requested Caitanya Mahāprabhu to accept lunch for fifteen days, the Lord said, “I shall accept lunch at your place for one day only.”
Word meanings
sārvabhauma kahe — Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya said ; punaḥ — again ; dina pañca - daśa — fifteen days ; prabhu kahe — the Lord replied ; tomāra bhikṣā — lunch at your place ; eka divasa — only one day .
Madhya-lila 15.191
Sourceতবে সার্বভৌম প্রভুর চরণে ধরিয়া । ‘দশদিন ভিক্ষা কর’ কহে বিনতি করিয়া ॥ ১৯১ ॥
tabe sārvabhauma prabhura caraṇe dhariyā ‘daśa-dina bhikṣā kara’ kahe vinati kariyā
English translation
Translation
Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya then caught hold of the Lord’s lotus feet and submissively begged, “Please accept lunch for at least ten days.”
Word meanings
tabe — thereafter ; sārvabhauma — Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya ; prabhura — of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; caraṇe dhariyā — catching the lotus feet ; daśa - dina — for ten days ; bhikṣā kara — accept lunch ; kahe — says ; vinati kariyā — with great submission .
Madhya-lila 15.192
Sourceপ্রভু ক্রমে ক্রমে পাঁচ-দিন ঘাটাইল । পাঁচ-দিন তাঁর ভিক্ষা নিয়ম করিল ॥ ১৯২ ॥
prabhu krame krame pāṅca-dina ghāṭāila pāṅca-dina tāṅra bhikṣā niyama karila
English translation
Translation
In this way, by and by, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu reduced the duration to five days. Thus for five days He regularly accepted the Bhaṭṭācārya’s invitation to lunch.
Word meanings
prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; krame krame — gradually ; pāṅca - dina — to five days ; ghāṭāila — reduced ; pāñca - dina — for five days ; tāṅra — his ; bhikṣā — invitation for lunch ; niyama karila — accepted regularly .
Madhya-lila 15.193
Sourceতবে সার্বভৌম করে আর নিবেদন । তোমার সঙ্গে সন্ন্যাসী আছে দশজন ॥ ১৯৩ ॥
tabe sārvabhauma kare āra nivedana tomāra saṅge sannyāsī āche daśa-jana
English translation
Translation
After this, Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya said, “My Lord, there are ten sannyāsīs with You.”
Word meanings
tabe — thereafter ; sārvabhauma — Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya ; kare — does ; āra — another ; nivedana — submission ; tomāra saṅge — with You ; sannyāsī — in the renounced order of life ; āche — there are ; daśa - jana — ten persons .
Purport
A sannyāsī should not cook food for himself or accept an invitation to eat at a devotee’s house continuously for many days. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was very kind and affectionate toward His devotees, yet He would not accept a long invitation at Sārvabhauma’s house. Out of affection, He accepted only five days in the month. The ten sannyāsīs living with the Lord were (1) Paramānanda Purī, (2) Svarūpa Dāmodara, (3) Brahmānanda Purī, (4) Brahmānanda Bhāratī, (5) Viṣṇu Purī, (6) Keśava Purī, (7) Kṛṣṇānanda Purī, (8) Nṛsiṁha Tīrtha, (9) Sukhānanda Purī and (10) Satyānanda Bhāratī.
Madhya-lila 15.194
Sourceপুরী-গোসাঞির ভিক্ষা পাঁচদিন মোর ঘরে । পূর্বে আমি কহিয়াছোঁ তোমার গোচরে ॥ ১৯৪ ॥
purī-gosāñira bhikṣā pāṅca-dina mora ghare pūrve āmi kahiyāchoṅ tomāra gocare
English translation
Translation
Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya then submitted that Paramānanda Purī Gosvāmī would accept a five-day invitation at his place. This had already been settled before the Lord.
Word meanings
purī - gosāñira — of Paramānanda Purī ; bhikṣā — invitation for lunch ; pāṅca - dina — five days ; mora ghare — at my home ; pūrve — previously ; āmi — I ; kahiyāchoṅ — mentioned ; tomāra gocare — it is known to You .
Madhya-lila 15.195
Sourceদামোদর-স্বরূপ, এই বান্ধব আমার । কভু তোমার সঙ্গে যাবে, কভু একেশ্বর ॥ ১৯৫ ॥
dāmodara-svarūpa, — ei bāndhava āmāra kabhu tomāra saṅge yābe, kabhu ekeśvara
English translation
Translation
Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya said, “Dāmodara Svarūpa is my intimate friend. He will come sometimes with You and sometimes alone.
Word meanings
dāmodara - svarūpa — Svarūpa Dāmodara Gosvāmī ; ei — this ; bāndhava āmāra — my very intimate friend ; kabhu — sometimes ; tomāra saṅge — with You ; yābe — will come ; kabhu — sometimes ; ekeśvara — alone .
Madhya-lila 15.196
Sourceআর অষ্ট সন্ন্যাসীর ভিক্ষা দুই দুই দিবসে । এক একদিন, এক এক জনে পূর্ণ হইল মাসে ॥ ১৯৬ ॥
āra aṣṭa sannyāsīra bhikṣā dui dui divase eka eka-dina, eka eka jane pūrṇa ha-ila māse
English translation
Translation
“The other eight sannyāsīs will accept invitations for two days each. In this way there will be engagements for each and every day during the entire month.
Word meanings
āra — other ; aṣṭa — eight ; sannyāsīra — of sannyāsīs ; bhikṣā — invitation for lunch ; dui dui divase — two days each ; eka eka - dina — on each day ; eka eka jane — one person ; pūrṇa — filled ; ha - ila — will be ; māse — the month .
Purport
During the entire month, consisting of thirty days, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu would visit Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya for five days, Paramānanda Purī Gosvāmī would visit for five days, Svarūpa Dāmodara for four days, and the eight other sannyāsīs for two days each. In this way the thirty days of the month would be filled.
Madhya-lila 15.197
Sourceবহুত সন্ন্যাসী যদি আইসে এক ঠাঞি । সম্মান করিতে নারি, অপরাধ পাই ॥ ১৯৭ ॥
bahuta sannyāsī yadi āise eka ṭhāñi sammāna karite nāri, aparādha pāi
English translation
Translation
“If all the sannyāsīs came together, it would not be possible for me to pay them proper respects. Therefore I would be an offender.
Word meanings
bahuta sannyāsī — many sannyāsīs ; yadi — if ; āise — come ; eka ṭhāñi — together ; sammāna karite nāri — I cannot receive them properly ; aparādha pāi — I shall be an offender .
Madhya-lila 15.198
Sourceতুমিহ নিজ-ছায়ে আসিবে মোর ঘর । কভু সঙ্গে আসিবেন স্বরূপ-দামোদর ॥ ১৯৮ ॥
tumiha nija-chāye āsibe mora ghara kabhu saṅge āsibena svarūpa-dāmodara
English translation
Translation
“Sometimes You will come alone to my place, and sometimes You will be accompanied by Svarūpa Dāmodara.”
Word meanings
tumiha — You ; nija - chāye — alone ; āsibe — will come ; mora ghara — to my place ; kabhu — sometimes ; saṅge — with You ; āsibena — will come ; svarūpa - dāmodara — Svarūpa Dāmodara Gosvāmī .
Madhya-lila 15.199
Sourceপ্রভুর ইঙ্গিত পাঞা আনন্দিত মন । সেই দিন মহাপ্রভুর কৈল নিমন্ত্রণ ॥ ১৯৯ ॥
prabhura iṅgita pāñā ānandita mana sei dina mahāprabhura kaila nimantraṇa
English translation
Translation
Having this arrangement confirmed by Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, the Bhaṭṭācārya became very glad and immediately invited the Lord to his house on that very day.
Word meanings
prabhura — of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; iṅgita — acceptance ; pāñā — receiving ; ānandita — very happy ; mana — mind ; sei dina — on that day ; mahāprabhura — of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; kaila — made ; nimantraṇa — invitation .
Madhya-lila 15.200
Source‘ষাঠির মাতা’ নাম, ভট্টাচার্যের গৃহিণী । প্রভুর মহাভক্ত তেঁহো, স্নেহেতে জননী ॥ ২০০ ॥
‘ṣāṭhīra mātā’ nāma, bhaṭṭācāryera gṛhiṇī prabhura mahā-bhakta teṅho, snehete jananī
English translation
Translation
Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya’s wife was known as Ṣāṭhīra Mātā, the mother of Ṣāṭhī. She was a great devotee of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, and she was affectionate like a mother.
Word meanings
ṣāṭhīra mātā — the mother of Ṣāṭhī ; nāma — named ; bhaṭṭācāryera gṛhiṇī — the wife of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya ; prabhura — of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; mahā - bhakta — a great devotee ; teṅho — she ; snehete — in affection ; jananī — just like a mother .
Madhya-lila 15.201
Sourceঘরে আসি’ ভট্টাচার্য তাঁরে আজ্ঞা দিল । আনন্দে ষাঠীর মাতা পাক চড়াইল ॥ ২০১ ॥
ghare āsi’ bhaṭṭācārya tāṅre ājñā dila ānande ṣāṭhīra mātā pāka caḍāila
English translation
Translation
After returning to his home, Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya gave orders to his wife, and his wife, Ṣāṭhīra Mātā, began cooking with great pleasure.
Word meanings
ghare āsi’ — coming home ; bhaṭṭācārya — Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya ; tāṅre — her ; ājñā dila — ordered ; ānande — with great satisfaction ; ṣāṭhīra mātā — the mother of Ṣāṭhī ; pāka caḍāila — began cooking .
Madhya-lila 15.202
Sourceভট্টাচার্যের গৃহে সব দ্রব্য আছে ভরি’ । যেবা শাকফলাদিক, আনাইল আহরি’ ॥ ২০২ ॥
bhaṭṭācāryera gṛhe saba dravya āche bhari’ yebā śāka-phalādika, ānāila āhari’
English translation
Translation
At Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya’s house, there was always a full stock of food. Whatever spinach, vegetables, fruit and so on were required, he collected and brought back home.
Word meanings
bhaṭṭācāryera gṛhe — at the house of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya ; saba dravya — all kinds of ingredients ; āche — there are ; bhari’ — filling ; yebā — whatever ; śāka — spinach ; phala - ādika — fruits and so on ; ānāila — he brought ; āhari’ — collecting .
Madhya-lila 15.203
Sourceআপনি ভট্টাচার্য করে পাকের সব কর্ম । ষাঠীর মাতা — বিচক্ষণা, জানে পাক-মর্ম ॥ ২০৩ ॥
āpani bhaṭṭācārya kare pākera saba karma ṣāṭhīra mātā — vicakṣaṇā, jāne pāka-marma
English translation
Translation
Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya personally began to help Ṣāṭhīra Mātā cook. She was very experienced, and she knew how to cook nicely.
Word meanings
āpani — personally ; bhaṭṭācārya — Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya ; kare — arranges ; pākera — of cooking ; saba karma — all activities ; ṣāṭhīra mātā — the mother of Ṣāṭhī ; vicakṣaṇā — very experienced ; jāne — knows ; pāka - marma — how to cook .
Madhya-lila 15.204
Sourceপাকশালার দক্ষিণে — দুই ভোগালয় । এক-ঘরে শালগ্রামের ভোগ-সেবা হয় ॥ ২০৪ ॥
pāka-śālāra dakṣiṇe — dui bhogālaya eka-ghare śālagrāmera bhoga-sevā haya
English translation
Translation
On the southern side of the kitchen were two rooms for offering food, and in one of them the food was offered to Śālagrāma Nārāyaṇa.
Word meanings
pāka - śālāra dakṣiṇe — on the southern side of the kitchen ; dui bhoga - ālaya — two rooms for offering food ; eka - ghare — in one room ; śālagrāmera — of Lord Śālagrāma ; bhoga - sevā — offering of food ; haya — there is .
Purport
Among the followers of the Vedic way, the śālagrāma-śilā, the vigraha of Nārāyaṇa, is worshiped in the form of a stone ball. In India, every brāhmaṇa still worships the śālagrāma-śilā in his home. The vaiśyas and kṣatriyas may also engage in this worship, but it is compulsory in the house of a brāhmaṇa.
Madhya-lila 15.205
Sourceআর ঘর মহাপ্রভুর ভিক্ষার লাগিয়া । নিভৃতে করিয়াছে ভট্ট নূতন করিয়া ॥ ২০৫ ॥
āra ghara mahāprabhura bhikṣāra lāgiyā nibhṛte kariyāche bhaṭṭa nūtana kariyā
English translation
Translation
The other room was for Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s lunch. The Lord’s lunchroom was very secluded, and it was newly constructed by the Bhaṭṭācārya.
Word meanings
āra ghara — the other room ; mahāprabhura — of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; bhikṣāra lāgiyā — for taking lunch ; nibhṛte kariyāche — constructed in a solitary place ; bhaṭṭa — Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya ; nūtana kariyā — newly done .
Madhya-lila 15.206
Sourceবাহ্যে এক দ্বার তার, প্রভু প্রবেশিতে । পাকশালার এক দ্বার অন্ন পরিবেশিতে ॥ ২০৬ ॥
bāhye eka dvāra tāra, prabhu praveśite pāka-śālāra eka dvāra anna pariveśite
English translation
Translation
The room was so constructed that there was only one door opening on the outside, which served as an entrance for Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. There was another door attached to the kitchen, and it was through this door that the food was brought.
Word meanings
bāhye — outside ; eka dvāra — one door ; tāra — of this room ; prabhu praveśite — for the entrance of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; pāka - śālāra — of the kitchen ; eka dvāra — another door ; anna — food ; pariveśite — to serve .
Madhya-lila 15.207
Sourceবত্তিশা-আঠিয়া কলার আঙ্গটিয়া পাতে । তিন-মান তণ্ডুলের উভারিল ভাতে ॥ ২০৭ ॥
battiśā-āṭhiyā kalāra āṅgaṭiyā pāte tina-māna taṇḍulera ubhārila bhāte
English translation
Translation
First, three mānas of cooked rice — almost six pounds — was poured onto a big banana leaf.
Word meanings
battiśā - āṭhiyā — named battiśā-āṭhiyā ; kalāra — of the banana tree ; āṅgaṭiyā — without being divided ; pāte — on a leaf ; tina — three ; māna — mānas (a certain weight) ; taṇḍulera — of rice ; ubhārila — poured ; bhāte — cooked rice .
Purport
This is the beginning of a description of the food prepared for Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. This description is given by Kavirāja Gosvāmī, who, it is assumed, was an expert cook who knew both how to prepare and how to serve food.
Madhya-lila 15.208
Sourceপীত-সুগন্ধি-ঘৃতে অন্ন সিক্ত কৈল । চারিদিকে পাতে ঘৃত বহিয়া চলিল ॥ ২০৮ ॥
pīta-sugandhi-ghṛte anna sikta kaila cāri-dike pāte ghṛta vahiyā calila
English translation
Translation
Then the whole stack of rice was mixed with so much yellowish and fragrant clarified butter that it began to overflow the leaf.
Word meanings
pīta — yellowish ; su - gandhi — fragrant ; ghṛte — with clarified butter ; anna — rice ; sikta — mixed ; kaila — made ; cāri - dike — on all sides ; pāte — the leaf ; ghṛta — the clarified butter ; vahiyā calila — began to flood .
Madhya-lila 15.209
Sourceকেয়াপত্র-কলাখোলা-ডোঙ্গা সারি সারি । চারিদিকে ধরিয়াছে নানা ব্যঞ্জন ভরি’ ॥ ২০৯ ॥
keyāpatra-kalākholā-ḍoṅgā sāri sāri cāri-dike dhariyāche nānā vyañjana bhari’
English translation
Translation
There were a number of pots made of the bark of banana trees and the leaves of the keyā plant. These pots were filled with various cooked vegetables and placed on all sides of the leaf.
Word meanings
keyā - patra — the leaf of the keyā plant ; kalā - kholā — the skin of the banana tree ; ḍoṅgā — pots ; sāri sāri — one after another ; cāri - dike — on all sides ; dhariyāche — were holding ; nānā — various ; vyañjana — cooked vegetables ; bhari’ — filled .
Madhya-lila 15.210
Sourceদশপ্ৰকার শাক, নিম্ব-তিক্ত-সুখ্ত-ঝোল । মরিচের ঝাল, ছানাবড়া, বড়ি ঘোল ॥ ২১০ ॥
daśa-prakāra śāka, nimba-tikta-sukhta-jhola maricera jhāla, chānā-baḍā, baḍi ghola
English translation
Translation
There were about ten kinds of spinach, a soup called sukhta, which was made with bitter nimba leaves, a pungent preparation made with black pepper, a mild cake made of fried curd, and buttermilk mixed with small fried pieces of dhal.
Word meanings
daśa - prakāra śāka — spinach of ten varieties ; nimba - tikta - sukhta - jhola — a soup called sukhta, made with bitter nimba leaf ; maricera jhāla — a pungent preparation made with black pepper ; chānā - baḍā — a mild cake made of fried curd ; baḍi ghola — buttermilk with small pieces of fried dhal .
Madhya-lila 15.211
Sourceদুগ্ধতুম্বী, দুগ্ধকুষ্মাণ্ড, বেসর, লাফ্রা । মোচাঘণ্ট, মোচাভাজা, বিবিধ শাক্রা ॥ ২১১ ॥
dugdha-tumbī, dugdha-kuṣmāṇḍa, vesara, lāphrā mocā-ghaṇṭa, mocā-bhājā, vividha śākrā
English translation
Translation
There were preparations of dugdha-tumbī, dugdha-kuṣmāṇḍa, vesara, lāphrā, mocā-ghaṇṭa, mocā-bhājā and other vegetables.
Word meanings
dugdha - tumbī — squash cooked with milk ; dugdha - kuṣmāṇḍa — pumpkin cooked with milk ; vesara — a preparation made from chick-pea flour ; lāphrā — a combination of several vegetables ; mocā - ghaṇṭa — boiled banana flowers ; mocā - bhājā — fried banana flowers ; vividha — various ; śākrā — vegetables .
Madhya-lila 15.212
Sourceবৃদ্ধকুষ্মাণ্ডবড়ীর ব্যঞ্জন অপার । ফুলবড়ী-ফল-মূল বিবিধ প্রকার ॥ ২১২ ॥
vṛddha-kuṣmāṇḍa-baḍīra vyañjana apāra phulabaḍī-phala-mūla vividha prakāra
English translation
Translation
There were unlimited quantities of vṛddha-kuṣmāṇḍa-baḍī, phula-baḍī, fruits and various roots.
Word meanings
vṛddha - kuṣmāṇḍa - baḍīra — of small pieces of fried dhal mixed with ripe pumpkin ; vyañjana — vegetables ; apāra — unlimited ; phula - baḍī — small fried pieces of another kind of dhal ; phala — fruits ; mūla — roots ; vividha prakāra — of different varieties .
Madhya-lila 15.213
Sourceনব-নিম্বপত্র-সহ ভৃষ্ট-বার্তাকী । ফুলবড়ী, পটোল-ভাজা, কুষ্মাণ্ড-মান-চাকী ॥ ২১৩ ॥
nava-nimbapatra-saha bhṛṣṭa-vārtākī phula-baḍī paṭola-bhājā, kuṣmāṇḍa-māna-cākī
English translation
Translation
Other preparations included eggplant mixed with newly grown nimba leaves fried together, light baḍī, fried paṭola and fried rounds of squash and pumpkin.
Word meanings
nava — newly grown ; nimba - patra — nimba leaves ; saha — along with ; bhṛṣṭa - vārtākī — fried eggplant ; phula - baḍī — light baḍī ; paṭola - bhājā — fried paṭola vegetable ; kuṣmāṇḍa — of pumpkin ; māna — of squash ; cākī — rounds .
Madhya-lila 15.214
Sourceভৃষ্ট-মাষ-মুদ্গ-সূপ অমৃত নিন্দয় । মধুরাম্ল, বড়াম্লাদি অম্ল পাঁচ ছয় ॥ ২১৪ ॥
bhṛṣṭa-māṣa-mudga-sūpa amṛta nindaya madhurāmla, baḍāmlādi amla pāṅca chaya
English translation
Translation
There was a soup made with fried urad dhal and mung dhal, defeating nectar. There were also sweet chutney and five or six kinds of sour preparations, beginning with baḍāmla.
Word meanings
bhṛṣṭa — fried ; māṣa — urad dhal ; mudga — mung dhal ; sūpa — soup ; amṛta — nectar ; nindaya — defeating ; madhura - amla — sweet chutney ; baḍa - amla — sour preparation made with fried dhal ; ādi — and so on ; amla — sour ; pāṅca chaya — five or six kinds .
Madhya-lila 15.215
Sourceমুদ্গবড়া, মাষবড়া, কলাবড়া মিষ্ট । ক্ষীরপুলি, নারিকেল-পুলি আর যত পিষ্ট ॥ ২১৫ ॥
mudga-baḍā, māṣa-baḍā, kalā-baḍā miṣṭa kṣīra-puli, nārikela-puli āra yata piṣṭa
English translation
Translation
There were baḍās made of mung dhal, of urad dhal and of sweet bananas, and there were sweet-rice cakes, coconut cakes and various other cakes.
Word meanings
mudga - baḍā — fried cakes made of mung dhal ; māṣa - baḍā — fried cakes made of urad dhal ; kalā - baḍā — fried cakes made of banana ; miṣṭa — very sweet ; kṣīra - puli — cakes made with sweet rice ; nārikela - puli — coconut cake ; āra — and ; yata — varieties of ; piṣṭa — cakes .
Madhya-lila 15.216
Sourceকাঁজিবড়া, দুগ্ধ-চিড়া, দুগ্ধ-লক্লকী । আর যত পিঠা কৈল, কহিতে না শকি ॥ ২১৬ ॥
kāṅji-baḍā, dugdha-ciḍā, dugdha-laklakī āra yata piṭhā kaila, kahite nā śaki
English translation
Translation
There were kāṅji-baḍā, dugdha-ciḍā, dugdha-laklakī and various cakes that I am unable to describe.
Word meanings
kāṅji - baḍā — cakes made with sour rice-water ; dugdha - ciḍā — sweet rice mixed with milk ; dugdha - laklakī — another preparation of milk and cakes to be licked up ; āra — and ; yata — various types of ; piṭhā — cakes ; kaila — made ; kahite — to describe ; nā śaki — I am not able .
Madhya-lila 15.217
Sourceঘৃত-সিক্ত পরমান্ন, মৃৎকুণ্ডিকা ভরি’ । চাঁপাকলা-ঘনদুগ্ধ-আম্র তাহা ধরি ॥ ২১৭ ॥
ghṛta-sikta paramānna, mṛt-kuṇḍikā bhari’ cāṅpākalā-ghanadugdha-āmra tāhā dhari
English translation
Translation
Sweet rice mixed with ghee was poured into an earthen pot and mixed with cāṅpā-kalā, condensed milk and mango.
Word meanings
ghṛta - sikta parama - anna — sweet rice mixed with ghee ; mṛt - kuṇḍikā bhari’ — filling an earthen pot ; cāṅpā - kalā — a kind of banana ; ghana - dugdha — condensed milk ; āmra — mango pulp ; tāhā — that ; dhari — including .
Madhya-lila 15.218
Sourceরসালা-মথিত দধি, সন্দেশ অপার । গৌড়ে উৎকলে যত ভক্ষ্যের প্রকার ॥ ২১৮ ॥
rasālā-mathita dadhi, sandeśa apāra gauḍe utkale yata bhakṣyera prakāra
English translation
Translation
Other preparations included a very delicious churned curd and a variety of sandeśa sweetmeats. Indeed, all the various eatables available in Bengal and Orissa were prepared.
Word meanings
rasālā — delicious ; mathita — churned ; dadhi — curd ; sandeśa — a sweetmeat ; apāra — unlimited ; gauḍe — in Bengal ; utkale — in Orissa ; yata — all ; bhakṣyera — of eatables ; prakāra — kinds .
Madhya-lila 15.219
Sourceশ্রদ্ধা করি’ ভট্টাচার্য সব করাইল । শুভ্র-পীঠোপরি সূক্ষ্ম বসন পাতিল ॥ ২১৯ ॥
śraddhā kari’ bhaṭṭācārya saba karāila śubhra-pīṭhopari sūkṣma vasana pātila
English translation
Translation
Thus the Bhaṭṭācārya prepared a great variety of food and spread a fine cloth over a white wooden platform.
Word meanings
śraddhā kari’ — with great respect ; bhaṭṭācārya — Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya ; saba karāila — had them all prepared ; śubhra — white ; pīṭha — a wooden platform ; upari — over ; sūkṣma — fine ; vasana — cloth ; pātila — spread .
Madhya-lila 15.220
Sourceদুই পাশে সুগন্ধি শীতল জল-ঝারী । অন্ন-ব্যঞ্জনোপরি দিল তুলসী-মঞ্জরী ॥ ২২০ ॥
dui pāśe sugandhi śītala jala-jhārī anna-vyañjanopari dila tulasī-mañjarī
English translation
Translation
On two sides of the stack of food were pitchers filled with scented cold water. The flowers of the tulasī tree were placed atop the mound of rice.
Word meanings
dui pāśe — on two sides ; su - gandhi — nicely scented ; śītala — cold ; jala - jhāri — pitchers of water ; anna - vyañjana - upari — over the rice and vegetables ; dila — placed ; tulasī - mañjarī — flowers of tulasī. .
Madhya-lila 15.221
Sourceঅমৃত-গুটিকা, পিঠা-পানা আনাইল । জগন্নাথ-প্রসাদ সব পৃথক্ ধরিল ॥ ২২১ ॥
amṛta-guṭikā, piṭhā-pānā ānāila jagannātha-prasāda saba pṛthak dharila
English translation
Translation
Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya also included several types of food that had been offered to Lord Jagannātha. These included sweetballs known as amṛta-guṭikā, sweet rice and cakes. All these were kept separate.
Word meanings
amṛta - guṭikā — the sweet named amṛta-guṭikā ; piṭhā - pānā — cakes and sweet rice ; ānāila — brought ; jagannātha - prasāda — remnants of the food of Lord Jagannātha ; saba — all ; pṛthak dharila — kept separately .
Purport
Although the remnants of food left by Jagannātha were brought into the Bhaṭṭācārya’s house, they were kept separate from the preparations he had made at his home. It sometimes happens that prasādam is mixed with a larger quantity of food and then distributed, but in this case we find that Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya kept the jagannātha-prasādam separate. He kept it aside particularly for the satisfaction of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.
Madhya-lila 15.222
Sourceহেনকালে মহাপ্ৰভু মধ্যাহ্ন করিয়া । একলে আইল তাঁর হৃদয় জানিয়া ॥ ২২২ ॥
hena-kāle mahāprabhu madhyāhna kariyā ekale āila tāṅra hṛdaya jāniyā
English translation
Translation
When everything was ready, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu came there alone after finishing His midday duties. He knew the heart of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya.
Word meanings
hena - kāle — at this time ; mahāprabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; madhyāhna kariyā — finishing His midday duties ; ekale — alone ; āila — came ; tāṅra — of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya ; hṛdaya — the heart ; jāniyā — knowing .
Madhya-lila 15.223
Sourceভট্টাচার্য কৈল তবে পাদ প্রক্ষালন । ঘরের ভিতরে গেলা করিতে ভোজন ॥ ২২৩ ॥
bhaṭṭācārya kaila tabe pāda prakṣālana gharera bhitare gelā karite bhojana
English translation
Translation
After Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya washed the Lord’s feet, the Lord entered the room to take His lunch.
Word meanings
bhaṭṭācārya — Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya ; kaila — performed ; tabe — thereafter ; pāda prakṣālana — washing the feet ; gharera bhitare — within the room ; gelā — entered ; karite bhojana — to take lunch .
Madhya-lila 15.224
Sourceঅন্নাদি দেখিয়া প্রভু বিস্মিত হঞা । ভট্টাচার্যে কহে কিছু ভঙ্গি করিয়া ॥ ২২৪ ॥
annādi dekhiyā prabhu vismita hañā bhaṭṭācārye kahe kichu bhaṅgi kariyā
English translation
Translation
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was a little astonished to see the gorgeous arrangement, and gesturing, He spoke to Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya.
Word meanings
anna - ādi dekhiyā — seeing the arrangement of food ; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; vismita hañā — being astonished ; bhaṭṭācārye kahe — said to the Bhaṭṭācārya ; kichu — some ; bhaṅgi — gesture ; kariyā — making .
Madhya-lila 15.225
Sourceঅলৌকিক এই সব অন্ন-ব্যঞ্জন । দুই প্রহর ভিতরে কৈছে হইল রন্ধন ? ২২৫ ॥
alaukika ei saba anna-vyañjana dui prahara bhitare kaiche ha-ila randhana?
English translation
Translation
“This is most uncommon! How was this arrangement of rice and vegetables finished within six hours?
Word meanings
alaukika — uncommon ; ei — this ; saba — all ; anna - vyañjana — rice and vegetables ; dui prahara bhitare — within six hours ; kaiche — how ; ha - ila randhana — cooking was finished .
Madhya-lila 15.226
Sourceশত চুলায় শত জন পাক যদি করে । তবু শীঘ্র এত দ্রব্য রান্ধিতে না পারে ॥ ২২৬ ॥
śata culāya śata jana pāka yadi kare tabu śīghra eta dravya rāndhite nā pāre
English translation
Translation
“Even a hundred men cooking on a hundred stoves could not possibly finish all these preparations within so short a time.
Word meanings
śata culāya — on one hundred stoves ; śata jana — one hundred men ; pāka yadi kare — if engaged in cooking ; tabu — still ; śīghra — so soon ; eta dravya — so many preparations ; rāndhite nā pāre — could not cook .
Madhya-lila 15.227
Sourceকৃষ্ণের ভোগ লাগাঞাছ, — অনুমান করি । উপরে দেখিয়ে যাতে তুলসী-মঞ্জরী ॥ ২২৭ ॥
kṛṣṇera bhoga lāgāñācha, — anumāna kari upare dekhiye yāte tulasī-mañjarī
English translation
Translation
“I hope the food has already been offered to Kṛṣṇa, since I see there are tulasī flowers on it.
Word meanings
kṛṣṇera bhoga lāgāñācha — you have offered to Kṛṣṇa ; anumāna kari — I hope ; upare — upon the food ; dekhiye — I see ; yāte — since ; tulasī - mañjarī — flowers of the tulasī tree .
Madhya-lila 15.228
Sourceভাগ্যবান্ তুমি, সফল তোমার উদ্যোগ । রাধাকৃষ্ণে লাগাঞাছ এতাদৃশ ভোগ ॥ ২২৮ ॥
bhāgyavān tumi, saphala tomāra udyoga rādhā-kṛṣṇe lāgāñācha etādṛśa bhoga
English translation
Translation
“You are most fortunate, and your endeavor is successful, for you have offered such wonderful food to Rādhā-Kṛṣṇa.
Word meanings
bhāgyavān tumi — you are fortunate ; sa - phala — successful ; tomāra — your ; udyoga — endeavor ; rādhā - kṛṣṇe — unto Their Lordships Rādhā and Kṛṣṇa ; lāgāñācha — you offered ; etādṛśa — such ; bhoga — food .
Madhya-lila 15.229
Sourceঅন্নের সৌরভ্য, বর্ণ — অতি মনোরম । রাধাকৃষ্ণ সাক্ষাৎ ইহাঁ করিয়াছেন ভোজন ॥ ২২৯ ॥
annera saurabhya, varṇa — ati manorama rādhā-kṛṣṇa sākṣāt ihāṅ kariyāchena bhojana
English translation
Translation
“The color of the rice is so attractive and its aroma so good that it appears Rādhā and Kṛṣṇa have directly taken it.
Word meanings
annera saurabhya — the fragrance of the cooked rice ; varṇa — color ; ati manorama — very attractive ; rādhā - kṛṣṇa — Lord Kṛṣṇa and Rādhārāṇī ; sākṣāt — directly ; ihāṅ — all this ; kariyāchena bhojana — have eaten .
Madhya-lila 15.230
Sourceতোমার বহুত ভাগ্য কত প্ৰশংসিব । আমি — ভাগ্যবান্, ইহার অবশেষ পাব ॥ ২৩০ ॥
tomāra bahuta bhāgya kata praśaṁsiba āmi — bhāgyavān, ihāra avaśeṣa pāba
English translation
Translation
“My dear Bhaṭṭācārya, your fortune is very great. How much shall I praise you? I also am very fortunate to be able to take the remnants of this food.
Word meanings
tomāra — your ; bahuta — great ; bhāgya — fortune ; kata — how much ; praśaṁsiba — shall I praise ; āmi — I ; bhāgyavān — fortunate ; ihāra — of this ; avaśeṣa — remnants ; pāba — shall get .
Madhya-lila 15.231
Sourceকৃষ্ণের আসন-পীঠ রাখহ উঠাঞা । মোরে প্রসাদ দেহ’ ভিন্ন পাত্রেতে করিয়া ॥ ২৩১ ॥
kṛṣṇera āsana-pīṭha rākhaha uṭhāñā more prasāda deha’ bhinna pātrete kariyā
English translation
Translation
“Take away Kṛṣṇa’s sitting place and put it aside. Then give Me prasādam on a different plate.”
Word meanings
kṛṣṇera — of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; āsana - pīṭha — the sitting place ; rākhaha — keep aside ; uṭhāñā — raising ; more — unto Me ; prasāda — prasādam ; deha’ — give ; bhinna — separate ; pātrete — on a plate ; kariyā — putting .
Madhya-lila 15.232
Sourceভট্টাচার্য বলে, — প্রভু না করহ বিস্ময় । যেই খাবে, তাঁহার শক্ত্যে ভোগ সিদ্ধ হয় ॥ ২৩২ ॥
bhaṭṭācārya bale — prabhu nā karaha vismaya yei khābe, tāṅhāra śaktye bhoga siddha haya
English translation
Translation
Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya said, “It is not so wonderful, my Lord. Everything has been made possible by the energy and mercy of Him who will eat the food.
Word meanings
bhaṭṭācārya bale — the Bhaṭṭācārya said ; prabhu — my Lord ; nā karaha vismaya — do not become astonished ; yei khābe — whoever shall eat ; tāṅhāra śaktye — by His grace ; bhoga — the food ; siddha haya — has been prepared .
Madhya-lila 15.233
Sourceউদ্যোগ না ছিল মোর গৃহিণীর রন্ধনে । যাঁর শক্ত্যে ভোগ সিদ্ধ, সেই তাহা জানে ॥ ২৩৩ ॥
udyoga nā chila mora gṛhiṇīra randhane yāṅra śaktye bhoga siddha, sei tāhā jāne
English translation
Translation
“My wife and I did not especially exert ourselves in the cooking. He by whose power the food has been prepared knows everything.
Word meanings
udyoga — exertion ; nā chila — there was not ; mora — of me ; gṛhiṇīra — of my wife ; randhane — in cooking ; yāṅra śaktye — by whose potency ; bhoga siddha — the food has been prepared ; sei — He ; tāhā jāne — knows that .
Madhya-lila 15.234
Sourceএইত আসনে বসি’ করহ ভোজন । প্রভু কহে, — পূজ্য এই কৃষ্ণের আসন ॥ ২৩৪ ॥
eita āsane vasi’ karaha bhojana prabhu kahe, — pūjya ei kṛṣṇera āsana
English translation
Translation
“Now please sit in this place and take Your lunch.”
Word meanings
eita āsane — on this sitting place ; vasi’ — sitting ; karaha bhojana — take Your lunch ; prabhu kahe — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said ; pūjya — worshipable ; ei — this ; kṛṣṇera āsana — sitting place of Kṛṣṇa .
Purport
Caitanya Mahāprabhu replied, “This place is worshipable because it was used by Kṛṣṇa.”
According to etiquette, things used by Kṛṣṇa should not be used by anyone else. Similarly, things used by the spiritual master should also not be used by anyone else. That is etiquette. Whatever is used by Kṛṣṇa or the spiritual master is worshipable. In particular, their sitting or eating places should not be used by anyone else. A devotee must be very careful to observe this.
Madhya-lila 15.235
Sourceভট্ট কহে, — অন্ন, পীঠ, — সমান প্রসাদ । অন্ন খাবে, পীঠে বসিতে কাহাঁ অপরাধ ? ২৩৫ ॥
bhaṭṭa kahe, — anna, pīṭha, — samāna prasāda anna khābe, pīṭhe vasite kāhāṅ aparādha?
English translation
Translation
The Bhaṭṭācārya said, “Both the food and the sitting place are the Lord’s mercy. If You can eat the remnants of the food, what is the offense in Your sitting in this place?”
Word meanings
bhaṭṭa kahe — Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya said ; anna — food ; pīṭha — sitting place ; samāna — equal ; prasāda — mercy remnants of the Lord ; anna khābe — You will eat the food ; pīṭhe vasite — to sit on the place ; kāhāṅ aparādha — where is the offense .
Madhya-lila 15.236
Sourceপ্রভু কহে, — ভাল কৈলে, শাস্ত্র-আজ্ঞা হয় । কৃষ্ণের সকল শেষ ভৃত্য আস্বাদয় ॥ ২৩৬ ॥
prabhu kahe, — bhāla kaile, śāstra-ājñā haya kṛṣṇera sakala śeṣa bhṛtya āsvādaya
English translation
Translation
Caitanya Mahāprabhu then said, “Yes, you have spoken correctly. The śāstras enjoin that the devotee can partake of everything left by Kṛṣṇa.
Word meanings
prabhu kahe — Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu replied ; bhāla kaile — you have spoken correctly ; śāstra - ājñā haya — there is such an order in the revealed scripture ; kṛṣṇera sakala śeṣa — everything left by Kṛṣṇa ; bhṛtya — the servant ; āsvādaya — partakes of .
Madhya-lila 15.237
Sourceত্বয়োপযুক্তস্রগ্ গন্ধবাসোঽলঙ্কারচর্চিতাঃ । উচ্ছিষ্টভোজিনো দাসাস্তব মায়াং জয়েম হি ॥ ২৩৭ ॥
tvayopayukta-srag-gandha- vāso ’laṅkāra-carcitāḥ ucchiṣṭa-bhojino dāsās tava māyāṁ jayema hi
English translation
Translation
“ ‘My dear Lord, the garlands, scented substances, garments, ornaments and other such things that have been offered to You may later be used by Your servants. By partaking of these things and eating the remnants of food You have left, we will be able to conquer the illusory energy.’ ”
Word meanings
tvayā — by You ; upayukta — used ; srak — flower garlands ; gandha — scented substances like sandalwood pulp ; vāsaḥ — garments ; alaṅkāra — ornaments ; carcitāḥ — being decorated with ; ucchiṣṭa — remnants of food ; bhojinaḥ — eating ; dāsāḥ — servants ; tava — Your ; māyām — illusory energy ; jayema — can conquer over ; hi — certainly .
Purport
This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (11.6.46) . In the Hare Kṛṣṇa movement, the chanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra, the dancing in ecstasy and the eating of the remnants of food offered to the Lord are very, very important. One may be illiterate or incapable of understanding the philosophy, but if he partakes of these three items, he will certainly be liberated without delay.
This verse was spoken by Uddhava to Lord Kṛṣṇa. This was during the time when the Uddhava-gītā was spoken. At that time there was some disturbance in Dvārakā, and Lord Kṛṣṇa decided to leave the material world and enter the spiritual world. Uddhava could understand the situation, and he talked with the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The verse quoted above is an excerpt from their conversation. Śrī Kṛṣṇa’s pastimes in this material world are called prakaṭa-līlā (manifested pastimes), and His pastimes in the spiritual world are called aprakaṭa-līlā (unmanifested pastimes). By “unmanifested” we mean that they are not present before our eyes. It is not that Lord Kṛṣṇa’s pastimes are nonexistent. They are going on exactly as the sun is shining perpetually, but when the sun is present before our eyes, we call it daytime (manifest), and when it is not present, we call it night (unmanifest). Those who are above the jurisdiction of night are always in the spiritual world, where the Lord’s pastimes are constantly manifest to them. As the Brahma-saṁhitā (5.37-38) confirms:
ānanda-cinmaya-rasa-pratibhāvitābhis tābhir ya eva nija-rūpatayā kalābhiḥ goloka eva nivasaty akhilātma-bhūto govindam ādi-puruṣaṁ tam ahaṁ bhajāmi
premāñjana-cchurita-bhakti-vilocanena santaḥ sadaiva hṛdayeṣu vilokayanti yaṁ śyāmasundaram acintya-guṇa-svarūpaṁ govindam ādi-puruṣaṁ tam ahaṁ bhajāmi
“I worship Govinda, the primeval Lord, who resides in His own realm, Goloka, with Rādhā, who resembles His own spiritual figure and who embodies the ecstatic potency [ hlādinī ] . Their companions are Her confidantes, who embody extensions of Her bodily form and who are imbued and permeated with ever-blissful spiritual rasa. I worship Govinda, the primeval Lord, who is Śyāmasundara, Kṛṣṇa Himself, with inconceivable innumerable attributes, whom the pure devotees see in their heart of hearts with the eye of devotion tinged with the salve of love.”
Madhya-lila 15.238
Sourceতথাপি এতেক অন্ন খাওন না যায় । ভট্ট কহে, — জানি, খাও যতেক যুয়ায় ॥ ২৩৮ ॥
tathāpi eteka anna khāona nā yāya bhaṭṭa kahe, — jāni, khāo yateka yuyāya
English translation
Translation
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu then said, “There is so much food here that it is impossible to eat it all.”
Word meanings
tathāpi — still ; eteka — so much ; anna — food ; khāona — eating ; nā yāya — is not possible ; bhaṭṭa kahe — the Bhaṭṭācārya said ; jāni — I know ; khāo — You can eat ; yateka — how much ; yuyāya — is possible .
Purport
The Bhaṭṭācārya replied, “I know how much You can eat.
Madhya-lila 15.239
Sourceনীলাচলে ভোজন তুমি কর বায়ান্ন বার । এক এক ভোগের অন্ন শত শত ভার ॥ ২৩৯ ॥
nīlācale bhojana tumi kara bāyānna bāra eka eka bhogera anna śata śata bhāra
English translation
Translation
“After all, at Jagannātha Purī You eat fifty-two times a day, and each time You eat hundreds of buckets filled with prasādam.
Word meanings
nīlācale — at Jagannātha Purī ; bhojana — accepting lunch ; tumi — You ; kara — do ; bāyānna bāra — fifty-two times ; eka eka bhogera — of each and every offering ; anna — eatables ; śata śata bhāra — hundreds of buckets .
Madhya-lila 15.240
Sourceদ্বারকাতে ষোল-সহস্র মহিষী-মন্দিরে । অষ্টাদশ মাতা, আর যাদবের ঘরে ॥ ২৪০ ॥
dvārakāte ṣola-sahasra mahiṣī-mandire aṣṭādaśa mātā, āra yādavera ghare
English translation
Translation
“At Dvārakā, You keep sixteen thousand queens in sixteen thousand palaces. Also, there are eighteen mothers and numerous friends and relatives of the Yadu dynasty.
Word meanings
dvārakāte — at Dvārakā-dhāma ; ṣola - sahasra — sixteen thousand ; mahiṣī — queens ; mandire — palaces ; aṣṭādaśa mātā — eighteen mothers ; āra — and ; yādavera ghare — in the house of the Yadu dynasty .
Madhya-lila 15.241
Sourceব্রজে জ্যেঠা, খুড়া, মামা, পিসাদি গোপগণ । সখাবৃন্দ সবার ঘরে দ্বিসন্ধ্যা-ভোজন ॥ ২৪১ ॥
vraje jyeṭhā, khuḍā, māmā, pisādi gopa-gaṇa sakhā-vṛnda sabāra ghare dvisandhyā-bhojana
English translation
Translation
“In Vṛndāvana You also have Your father’s elder brothers, Your father’s younger brothers, maternal uncles, husbands of Your father’s sisters and many cowherd men. There are also cowherd boyfriends, and You eat twice a day, morning and evening, in the house of each and every one.
Word meanings
vraje — at Vṛndāvana ; jyeṭhā — the father’s elder brothers ; khuḍā — the father’s younger brothers ; māmā — the mother’s brothers ; pisā — the husbands of aunts ; ādi — and so on ; gopa - gaṇa — cowherd men ; sakhā - vṛnda — hundreds of friends ; sabāra — of all of them ; ghare — in the houses ; dvi - sandhyā — twice a day ; bhojana — eating .
Purport
In Dvārakā, Lord Kṛṣṇa had eighteen mothers — Devakī, Rohiṇī and others. Besides these was His foster mother, Yaśodā, in Vṛndāvana. Lord Kṛṣṇa also had many uncles. As stated by Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī in his Bṛhat Śrī Śrī Rādhā-kṛṣṇa-gaṇoddeśa-dīpikā (32), upanando ’bhinandaś ca pitṛvyau pūrva-jau pituḥ: “The elder brothers of Nanda Mahārāja were Upananda and Abhinanda.” Similarly, in the same verse the names of the younger brothers of Nanda Mahārāja are given: pitṛvyau tu kanīyāṁsau syātāṁ sannanda-nandanau. “Sannanda and Nandana [also known as Sunanda and Pāṇḍava] were the younger brothers of Kṛṣṇa’s father, Nanda Mahārāja.” Śrī Kṛṣṇa’s maternal uncles are also described in this book (in verse 46): yaśodhara-yaśodeva-sudevādyās tu mātulāḥ. “Yaśodhara, Yaśodeva and Sudeva were the maternal uncles of Kṛṣṇa.” Also mentioned in the Rādhā-kṛṣṇa-gaṇoddeśa-dīpikā (38) are Kṛṣṇa’s uncles who were the husbands of Nanda Mahārāja’s sisters: mahānīlaḥ sunīlaś ca ramaṇāv etayoḥ kramāt. “Mahānīla and Sunīla are the husbands of Kṛṣṇa’s aunts.”
Madhya-lila 15.242
Sourceগোবর্ধন-যজ্ঞে অন্ন খাইলা রাশি রাশি । তার লেখায় এই অন্ন নহে এক গ্রাসী ॥ ২৪২ ॥
govardhana-yajñe anna khāilā rāśi rāśi tāra lekhāya ei anna nahe eka grāsī
English translation
Translation
“Indeed,” Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya continued, “at the Govardhana-pūjā ceremony You ate stacks of rice. In comparison to that, this small quantity is not even a morsel for You.
Word meanings
govardhana - yajñe — in the Govardhana-pūjā sacrifice ; anna — food ; khāilā — You ate ; rāśi rāśi — stacks ; tāra — to that ; lekhāya — in comparison ; ei — this ; anna — food ; nahe — not ; eka grāsī — one morsel .
Madhya-lila 15.243
Sourceতুমি ত’ ঈশ্বর, মুঞি — ক্ষুদ্র জীব ছার । এক-গ্রাস মাধুকরী করহ অঙ্গীকার ॥ ২৪৩ ॥
tumi ta’ īśvara, muñi — kṣudra jīva chāra eka-grāsa mādhukarī karaha aṅgīkāra
English translation
Translation
“You are the Supreme Personality of Godhead, whereas I am a most insignificant living being. Therefore please accept a little quantity of food from my house.”
Word meanings
tumi — You ; ta’ — certainly ; īśvara — the Supreme Personality of Godhead ; muñi — I ; kṣudra jīva — insignificant living being ; chāra — worthless ; eka - grāsa — one small quantity ; mādhu - karī — as collected by the bees ; karaha — please do ; aṅgīkāra — accept .
Purport
A sannyāsī is expected to collect a little food from each and every householder. That is to say, he should take whatever he requires to eat. This system is called mādhukarī. The word mādhukarī comes from the word madhukara and means “honey-collecting bees.” Bees collect a little honey from each flower, but all these small quantities of honey accumulate to become a beehive. Sannyāsīs should collect a little from each and every householder and should eat simply what is necessary to maintain the body. Being a sannyāsī, Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu could collect a little food from the house of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya, and this was the Bhaṭṭācārya’s request. Compared to the food eaten by the Lord on other occasions, the Bhaṭṭācārya’s feast was not even a morsel. This is what the Bhaṭṭācārya is pointing out to the Lord.
Madhya-lila 15.244
Sourceএত শুনি’ হাসি’ প্রভু বসিলা ভোজনে । জগন্নাথের প্রসাদ ভট্ট দেন হর্ষ-মনে ॥ ২৪৪ ॥
eta śuni’ hāsi’ prabhu vasilā bhojane jagannāthera prasāda bhaṭṭa dena harṣa-mane
English translation
Translation
Hearing this, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu smiled and sat down to eat. The Bhaṭṭācārya, with great pleasure, first offered Him the prasādam from the Jagannātha temple.
Word meanings
eta śuni’ — hearing this ; hāsi’ — smiling ; prabhu — Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; vasilā bhojane — sat down to eat ; jagannāthera — of Lord Jagannātha ; prasāda — remnants of food ; bhaṭṭa — Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya ; dena harṣa - mane — delivers in great happiness .
Madhya-lila 15.245
Sourceহেনকালে ‘অমোঘ’ — ভট্টাচার্যের জামাতা । কুলীন, নিন্দক তেঁহো ষাঠি-কন্যার ভর্তা ॥ ২৪৫ ॥
hena-kāle ‘amogha,’ — bhaṭṭācāryera jāmātā kulīna, nindaka teṅho ṣāṭhī-kanyāra bhartā
English translation
Translation
At this time the Bhaṭṭācārya had a son-in-law named Amogha, who was the husband of his daughter Ṣāṭhī. Although born in an aristocratic brāhmaṇa family, Amogha was a great faultfinder and blasphemer.
Word meanings
hena - kāle — exactly at this time ; amogha — Amogha ; bhaṭṭācāryera jāmātā — the son-in-law of the Bhaṭṭācārya ; kulīna — of aristocratic birth ; nindaka — blasphemer ; teṅho — he ; ṣāṭhī - kanyāra bhartā — the husband of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya’s daughter Ṣāṭhī .
Madhya-lila 15.246
Sourceভোজন দেখিতে চাহে, আসিতে না পারে । লাঠি-হাতে ভট্টাচার্য আছেন দুয়ারে ॥ ২৪৬ ॥
bhojana dekhite cāhe, āsite nā pāre lāṭhi-hāte bhaṭṭācārya āchena duyāre
English translation
Translation
Amogha wanted to see Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu eat, but he was not allowed to enter. Indeed, the Bhaṭṭācārya guarded the threshold of his house with a stick in his hand.
Word meanings
bhojana — the eating ; dekhite cāhe — he wanted to see ; āsite nā pāre — could not come ; lāṭhi - hāte — with a stick in his hand ; bhaṭṭācārya — Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya ; āchena — was ; duyāre — on the threshold .
Madhya-lila 15.247
Sourceতেঁহো যদি প্রসাদ দিতে হৈলা আন-মন । অমোঘ আসি’ অন্ন দেখি’ করয়ে নিন্দন ॥ ২৪৭ ॥
teṅho yadi prasāda dite hailā āna-mana amogha āsi’ anna dekhi’ karaye nindana
English translation
Translation
However, as soon as the Bhaṭṭācārya began distributing prasādam and was a little inattentive, Amogha came in. Seeing the quantity of food, he began to blaspheme.
Word meanings
teṅho — he (the Bhaṭṭācārya) ; yadi — when ; prasāda dite — supplying the prasādam ; hailā — became ; āna - mana — inattentive ; amogha — Amogha ; āsi’ — coming ; anna dekhi’ — seeing the food ; karaye nindana — began blaspheming .
Madhya-lila 15.248
Sourceএই অন্নে তৃপ্ত হয় দশ বার জন । একেলা সন্ন্যাসী করে এতেক ভক্ষণ ! ২৪৮ ॥
ei anne tṛpta haya daśa bāra jana ekelā sannyāsī kare eteka bhakṣaṇa!
English translation
Translation
“This much food is sufficient to satisfy ten or twelve men, but this sannyāsī alone is eating so much!”
Word meanings
ei anne — with so much food ; tṛpta haya — can be satisfied ; daśa bāra jana — at least ten to twelve men ; ekelā — alone ; sannyāsī — this person in the renounced order ; kare — does ; eteka — so much ; bhakṣaṇa — eating .
Madhya-lila 15.249
Sourceশুনিতেই ভট্টাচার্য উলটি’ চাহিল । তাঁর অবধান দেখি’ অমোঘ পলাইল ॥ ২৪৯ ॥
śunitei bhaṭṭācārya ulaṭi’ cāhila tāṅra avadhāna dekhi’ amogha palāila
English translation
Translation
As soon as Amogha said this, Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya turned his eyes upon him. Seeing the Bhaṭṭācārya’s attitude, Amogha immediately left.
Word meanings
śunitei — hearing ; bhaṭṭācārya — Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya ; ulaṭi’ cāhila — turned his eyes upon him ; tāṅra — his ; avadhāna — attention ; dekhi’ — seeing ; amogha — Amogha ; palāila — left .
Madhya-lila 15.250
Sourceভট্টাচার্য লাঠি লঞা মারিতে ধাইল । পলাইল অমোঘ, তার লাগ না পাইল ॥ ২৫০ ॥
bhaṭṭācārya lāṭhi lañā mārite dhāila palāila amogha, tāra lāga nā pāila
English translation
Translation
The Bhaṭṭācārya ran after him to strike him with a stick, but Amogha fled so fast that the Bhaṭṭācārya could not catch him.
Word meanings
bhaṭṭācārya — Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya ; lāṭhi lañā — taking a stick ; mārite — to strike ; dhāila — ran ; palāila — fled ; amogha — Amogha ; tāra — him ; lāga nā pāila — could not catch .
Madhya-lila 15.251
Sourceতবে গালি, শাপ দিতে ভট্টাচার্য আইলা । নিন্দা শুনি’ মহাপ্ৰভু হাসিতে লাগিলা ॥ ২৫১ ॥
tabe gāli, śāpa dite bhaṭṭācārya āilā nindā śuni’ mahāprabhu hāsite lāgilā
English translation
Translation
The Bhaṭṭācārya then began to curse his son-in-law and call him ill names. When the Bhaṭṭācārya returned, he saw that Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was laughing to hear him criticize Amogha.
Word meanings
tabe — at that time ; gāli — calling by ill names ; śāpa dite — cursing ; bhaṭṭācārya — Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya ; āilā — came back ; nindā śuni’ — hearing the criticism ; mahāprabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; hāsite lāgilā — began to laugh .
Madhya-lila 15.252
Sourceশুনি’ ষাঠীর মাতা শিরে-বুকে ঘাত মারে । ‘ষাঠী রাণ্ডী হউক’ — ইহা বলে বারে বারে ॥ ২৫২ ॥
śuni’ ṣāṭhīra mātā śire-buke ghāta māre ‘ṣāṭhī rāṇḍī ha-uka’ — ihā bale bāre bāre
English translation
Translation
When Ṣāṭhī’s mother, the Bhaṭṭācārya’s wife, heard of this incident, she immediately began to strike her head and chest, saying again and again, “Let Ṣāṭhī become a widow!”
Word meanings
śuni’ — hearing ; ṣāṭhīra mātā — the mother of Ṣāṭhī ; śire — on the head ; buke — on the chest ; ghāta māre — strikes ; ṣāṭhī rāṇḍī ha - uka — let Ṣāṭhī become a widow ; ihā bale — says this ; bāre bāre — again and again .
Madhya-lila 15.253
Sourceদুঁহার দুঃখ দেখি’ প্রভু দুঁহা প্রবোধিয়া । দুঁহার ইচ্ছাতে ভোজন কৈল তুষ্ট হঞা ॥ ২৫৩ ॥
duṅhāra duḥkha dekhi’ prabhu duṅhā prabodhiyā duṅhāra icchāte bhojana kaila tuṣṭa hañā
English translation
Translation
Seeing the lamentation of both husband and wife, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu tried to pacify them. According to their desire, He ate the prasādam and was very satisfied.
Word meanings
duṅhāra duḥkha dekhi’ — seeing the lamentation of both ; prabhu — Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; duṅhā prabodhiyā — pacifying them ; duṅhāra icchāte — by the will of both of them ; bhojana kaila — took His lunch ; tuṣṭa hañā — with great satisfaction .
Madhya-lila 15.254
Sourceআচমন করাঞা ভট্ট দিল মুখবাস । তুলসী-মঞ্জরী, লবঙ্গ, এলাচি রসবাস ॥ ২৫৪ ॥
ācamana karāñā bhaṭṭa dila mukha-vāsa tulasī-mañjarī, lavaṅga, elāci rasa-vāsa
English translation
Translation
After Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu finished eating, the Bhaṭṭācārya poured water for the Lord to wash His mouth, hands and legs and offered Him flavored spices, tulasī-mañjarīs, cloves and cardamom.
Word meanings
ācamana karāñā — providing water for Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu to wash His mouth, hands and legs ; bhaṭṭa — Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya ; dila mukha - vāsa — gave some flavored spices ; tulasī - mañjarī — the flowers of tulasī ; lavaṅga — cloves ; elāci — cardamom ; rasa - vāsa — that which brings saliva .
Madhya-lila 15.255
Sourceসর্বাঙ্গে পরাইল প্রভুর মাল্যচন্দন । দণ্ডবৎ হঞা বলে সদৈন্য বচন ॥ ২৫৫ ॥
sarvāṅge parāila prabhura mālya-candana daṇḍavat hañā bale sadainya vacana
English translation
Translation
The Bhaṭṭācārya then placed a flower garland over Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and smeared His body with sandalwood pulp. After offering obeisances, the Bhaṭṭācārya submitted the following humble statement.
Word meanings
sarva - aṅge — all over the body ; parāila — put ; prabhura — of the Lord ; mālya - candana — a flower garland and sandalwood pulp ; daṇḍavat hañā — offering obeisances ; bale — says ; sa - dainya — humble ; vacana — statement .
Madhya-lila 15.256
Sourceনিন্দা করাইতে তোমা আনিনু নিজ-ঘরে । এই অপরাধ, প্রভু, ক্ষমা কর মোরে ॥ ২৫৬ ॥
nindā karāite tomā āninu nija-ghare ei aparādha, prabhu, kṣamā kara more
English translation
Translation
“I brought You to my home just to have You blasphemed. This is a great offense. Please excuse me. I beg Your pardon.”
Word meanings
nindā karāite — just to cause blasphemy ; tomā — You ; āninu — I brought ; nija - ghare — to my place ; ei aparādha — this offense ; prabhu — my Lord ; kṣamā kara — please pardon ; more — me .
Madhya-lila 15.257
Sourceপ্রভু কহে, — নিন্দা নহে, ‘সহজ’ কহিল । ইহাতে তোমার কিবা অপরাধ হৈল ? ২৫৭ ॥
prabhu kahe, — nindā nahe, ‘sahaja’ kahila ihāte tomāra kibā aparādha haila?
English translation
Translation
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said, “What Amogha has said is correct; therefore it is not blasphemy. What is your offense?”
Word meanings
prabhu kahe — Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said ; nindā nahe — not blasphemy ; sahaja — rightly ; kahila — he spoke ; ihāte — in this ; tomāra — your ; kibā — what ; aparādha — offense ; haila — was there .
Madhya-lila 15.258
Sourceএত বলি’ মহাপ্ৰভু চলিলা ভবনে । ভট্টাচার্য তাঁর ঘরে গেলা তাঁর সনে ॥ ২৫৮ ॥
eta bali’ mahāprabhu calilā bhavane bhaṭṭācārya tāṅra ghare gelā tāṅra sane
English translation
Translation
After saying this, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu left and returned to His residence. Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya followed Him.
Word meanings
eta bali’ — saying this ; mahāprabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; calilā bhavane — returned to His residence ; bhaṭṭācārya — Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya ; tāṅra ghare — to His place ; gelā — went ; tāṅra sane — with Him .
Madhya-lila 15.259
Sourceপ্রভু-পদে পড়ি’ বহু আত্মনিন্দা কৈল । তাঁরে শান্ত করি’ প্রভু ঘরে পাঠাইল ॥ ২৫৯ ॥
prabhu-pade paḍi’ bahu ātma-nindā kaila tāṅre śānta kari’ prabhu ghare pāṭhāila
English translation
Translation
Falling down at the Lord’s feet, Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya said many things in self-reproach. The Lord then pacified him and sent him back to his home.
Word meanings
prabhu - pade — at the feet of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; paḍi’ — falling down ; bahu — much ; ātma - nindā kaila — made self-reproach ; tāṅre — him ; śānta kari’ — making pacified ; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; ghare pāṭhāila — sent back to his home .
Madhya-lila 15.260
Sourceঘরে আসি’ ভট্টাচার্য ষাঠীর মাতা-সনে । আপনা নিন্দিয়া কিছু বলেন বচনে ॥ ২৬০ ॥
ghare āsi’ bhaṭṭācārya ṣāṭhīra mātā-sane āpanā nindiyā kichu balena vacane
English translation
Translation
After returning to his home, Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya consulted with his wife, the mother of Ṣāṭhī. After personally condemning himself, he began to speak as follows.
Word meanings
ghare āsi’ — returning home ; bhaṭṭācārya — Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya ; ṣāṭhīra mātā - sane — with the mother of Ṣāṭhī ; āpanā nindiyā — condemning himself ; kichu — some ; balena vacane — speaks words .
Madhya-lila 15.261
Sourceচৈতন্য-গোসাঞির নিন্দা শুনিল যাহা হৈতে । তারে বধ কৈলে হয় পাপ-প্রায়শ্চিত্তে ॥ ২৬১ ॥
caitanya-gosāñira nindā śunila yāhā haite tāre vadha kaile haya pāpa-prāyaścitte
English translation
Translation
“If the man who blasphemed Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu is killed, his sinful action may be atoned.”
Word meanings
caitanya - gosāñira — of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; nindā — blasphemy ; śunila — I have heard ; yāhā haite — from whom ; tāre vadha kaile — if he is killed ; haya — there is ; pāpa - prāyaścitte — atonement for the sinful act .
Purport
The Hari-bhakti-vilāsa cites the following quotation from the Skanda Purāṇa concerning the blaspheming of a Vaiṣṇava:
yo hi bhāgavataṁ lokam upahāsaṁ nṛpottama karoti tasya naśyanti artha-dharma-yaśaḥ-sutāḥ
nindāṁ kurvanti ye mūḍhā vaiṣṇavānāṁ mahātmanām patanti pitṛbhiḥ sārdhaṁ mahā-raurava-saṁjñite
hanti nindati vai dveṣṭi vaiṣṇavān nābhinandati krudhyate yāti no harṣaṁ darśane patanāni ṣaṭ
In a conversation between Mārkaṇḍeya and Bhagīratha, it is said, “My dear King, one who derides an exalted devotee loses the results of his pious activities, his opulence, his reputation and his sons. Vaiṣṇavas are all great souls. Whoever blasphemes them falls down to the hell known as Mahāraurava, accompanied by his forefathers. Whoever kills or blasphemes a Vaiṣṇava and whoever is envious of a Vaiṣṇava or angry with him, or whoever does not offer him obeisances or feel joy upon seeing him, certainly falls into a hellish condition.”
Also, the Hari-bhakti-vilāsa (10.314) gives the following quotation from the Dvārakā-māhātmya:
kara-patraiś ca phālyante su-tīvrair yama-śāsanaiḥ nindāṁ kurvanti ye pāpā vaiṣṇavānāṁ mahātmanām
In a conversation between Prahlāda Mahārāja and Bali Mahārāja, it is said, “Those sinful people who blaspheme Vaiṣṇavas, who are all great souls, are subjected very severely to the punishment offered by Yamarāja.”
In his Bhakti-sandarbha (313), Jīva Gosvāmī quotes this statement concerning the blaspheming of Lord Viṣṇu:
ye nindanti hṛṣīkeśaṁ tad-bhaktaṁ puṇya-rūpiṇam śata-janmārjitaṁ puṇyaṁ teṣāṁ naśyati niścitam
te pacyante mahā-ghore kumbhīpāke bhayānake bhakṣitāḥ kīṭa-saṅghena yāvac candra-divākarau
śrī-viṣṇor avamānanād gurutaraṁ śrī-vaiṣṇavollaṅghanam
tadīya-dūṣaka-janān na paśyet puruṣādhamān taiḥ sārdhaṁ vañcaka-janaiḥ saha-vāsaṁ na kārayet
“ ‘One who criticizes Lord Viṣṇu and His devotees loses all the benefits accrued in a hundred pious births. Such a person rots in the Kumbhīpāka hell and is bitten by worms as long as the sun and moon exist. One should therefore not even see the face of a person who blasphemes Lord Viṣṇu and His devotees. Never try to associate with such persons.’ ”
In his Bhakti-sandarbha (265), Jīva Gosvāmī further quotes from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.74.40) :
nindāṁ bhagavataḥ śṛṇvaṁs tat-parasya janasya vā tato nāpaiti yaḥ so ’pi yāty adhaḥ sukṛtāc cyutaḥ
“ ‘If one does not immediately leave upon hearing the Lord or the Lord’s devotee blasphemed, he falls down from devotional service.’ ” Similarly, Lord Śiva’s wife Satī states in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (4.4.17) :
karṇau pidhāya nirayād yad akalpa īśe dharmāvitary asṛṇibhir nṛbhir asyamāne chindyāt prasahya ruśatīm asatīṁ prabhuś cej jihvām asūn api tato visṛjet sa dharmaḥ
“If one hears an irresponsible person blaspheme the master and controller of religion, he should block his ears and go away if unable to punish him. But if one is able to kill, then one should by force cut out the blasphemer’s tongue and kill the offender, and after that he should give up his own life.”
Madhya-lila 15.262
Sourceকিম্বা নিজ-প্রাণ যদি করি বিমোচন । দুই যোগ্য নহে, দুই শরীর ব্রাহ্মণ ॥ ২৬২ ॥
kimvā nija-prāṇa yadi kari vimocana dui yogya nahe, dui śarīra brāhmaṇa
English translation
Translation
Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya continued, “Or, if I give up my own life, this sinful action may be atoned. However, neither of these ideas is befitting because both bodies belong to brāhmaṇas.
Word meanings
kimvā — or ; nija - prāṇa — my own life ; yadi — if ; kari vimocana — I give up ; dui — both such actions ; yogya nahe — are not befitting ; dui śarīra — both the bodies ; brāhmaṇa — brāhmaṇas. .
Madhya-lila 15.263
Sourceপুনঃ সেই নিন্দকের মুখ না দেখিব । পরিত্যাগ কৈলুঁ, তার নাম না লইব ॥ ২৬৩ ॥
punaḥ sei nindakera mukha nā dekhiba parityāga kailuṅ, tāra nāma nā la-iba
English translation
Translation
“Instead, I shall never see the face of that blasphemer. I reject him and give up my relationship with him. I shall never even speak his name.
Word meanings
punaḥ — again ; sei — that ; nindakera — of the blasphemer ; mukha — face ; nā — not ; dekhiba — I shall see ; parityāga — giving up ; kailuṅ — I do ; tāra — his ; nāma — name ; nā — not ; la - iba — I shall speak .
Madhya-lila 15.264
Sourceষাঠীরে কহ — তারে ছাড়ুক, সে হইল ‘পতিত’ । ‘পতিত’ হইলে ভর্তা ত্যজিতে উচিত ॥ ২৬৪ ॥
ṣāṭhīre kaha — tāre chāḍuka, se ha-ila ‘patita’ ‘patita’ ha-ile bhartā tyajite ucita
English translation
Translation
“Inform my daughter Ṣāṭhī to abandon her relationship with her husband because he has fallen down. When the husband falls down, it is the wife’s duty to relinquish the relationship.
Word meanings
ṣāṭhīre kaha — inform Ṣāṭhī ; tāre chāḍuka — let her give him up ; se ha - ila — he has become ; patita — fallen ; patita ha - ile — when one has fallen ; bhartā — such a husband ; tyajite — to give up ; ucita — is the duty .
Purport
Śrīla Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya considered that if Amogha were killed, the killer would suffer sinful reactions for killing the body of a brāhmaṇa. For the same reason, it would have been undesirable for the Bhaṭṭācārya to commit suicide because he also was a brāhmaṇa. Since neither course could be accepted, the Bhaṭṭācārya decided to give up his relationship with Amogha and never see his face.
As far as killing the body of a brāhmaṇa is concerned, Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.7.53) gives the following injunction concerning a brahma-bandhu, a person born of a brāhmaṇa father but devoid of brahminical qualities:
śrī-bhagavān uvāca brahma-bandhur na hantavya ātatāyī vadhār-haṇaḥ
“The Personality of Godhead Śrī Kṛṣṇa said, ‘A brahma-bandhu is not to be killed, but if he is an aggressor, he must be killed.’ ”
Quoting from the smṛti, Śrīla Śrīdhara Svāmī comments on this quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam:
ātatāyinam āyāntam api vedānta-pāragam jighāṁ santaṁ jighāṁsīyān na tena brahma-hā bhavet
“ ‘An aggressor intent on killing may be a very learned scholar of Vedānta, yet he should be killed because of his envy in killing others. In such a case, it is not sinful to kill a brāhmaṇa. ’ ”
It is also stated in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.7.57) :
vapanaṁ draviṇādānaṁ sthānān niryāpaṇaṁ tathā eṣa hi brahma-bandhūnāṁ vadho nānyo ’sti daihikaḥ
“Cutting the hair from his head, depriving him of his wealth and driving him from his residence are the prescribed punishments for a brahma-bandhu. There is no injunction for killing the body.”
As far as Ṣāṭhī, the daughter of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya, was concerned, she was advised to give up her relationship with her husband. Concerning this, Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (5.5.18) states, na patiś ca sa syān na mocayed yaḥ samupeta-mṛtyum: “One cannot be a husband if he cannot liberate his dependents from inevitable death.” If a person is not in Kṛṣṇa consciousness and is bereft of spiritual power, he cannot protect his wife from the path of repeated birth and death. Consequently such a person cannot be accepted as a husband. A wife should dedicate her life and everything to Kṛṣṇa for further advancement in Kṛṣṇa consciousness. If her husband abandons Kṛṣṇa consciousness and she gives up her connection with him, she follows in the footsteps of the dvija-patnīs, the wives of the brāhmaṇas who were engaged in performing sacrifices. The wife is not to be condemned for cutting off such a relationship. In this regard, Śrī Kṛṣṇa assures the dvija-patnīs in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.23.31-32):
patayo nābhyasūyeran pitṛ-bhrātṛ-sutādayaḥ lokāś ca vo mayopetā devā apy anumanvate
na prītaye ’nurāgāya hy aṅga-saṅgo nṛṇām iha tan mano mayi yuñjānā acirān mām avāpsyatha
“My dear dvija-patnīs, rest assured that your husbands will not neglect you on your return, nor will your brothers, sons or fathers refuse to accept you. Because you are My pure devotees, not only your relatives but also people in general, as well as the demigods, will be satisfied with you. Transcendental love for Me does not depend upon bodily connection, but anyone whose mind is always absorbed in Me will surely, very soon, come to Me for My eternal association.”
Madhya-lila 15.265
Sourceপতিঞ্চ পতিতং ত্যজেৎ ॥ ২৬৫ ॥
patiṁ ca patitaṁ tyajet
English translation
Translation
“ ‘When a husband is fallen, one’s relationship with him must be given up.’ ”
Word meanings
patim — husband ; ca — and ; patitam — fallen ; tyajet — one should give up .
Purport
This is a quotation from the smṛti-śāstra. As stated in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (7.11.28) :
santuṣṭālolupā dakṣā dharma-jñā priya-satya-vāk apramattā śuciḥ snigdhā patiṁ tv apatitaṁ bhajet
“A wife who is satisfied, who is not greedy, who is expert and knows religious principles, who speaks what is dear and truthful and is not bewildered, and who is always clean and affectionate should be very much devoted to her husband if he is not fallen.”
Madhya-lila 15.266
Sourceসেই রাত্রে অমোঘ কাহাঁ পলাঞা গেল । প্রাতঃকালে তার বিসূচিকা-ব্যাধি হৈল ॥ ২৬৬ ॥
sei rātre amogha kāhāṅ palāñā gela prātaḥ-kāle tāra visūcikā-vyādhi haila
English translation
Translation
That night Amogha, Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya’s son-in-law, fled, and in the morning he immediately fell sick with cholera.
Word meanings
sei rātre — that night ; amogha — the son-in-law of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya ; kāhāṅ — where ; palāñā gela — fled ; prātaḥ - kāle — in the morning ; tāra — his ; visūcikā - vyādhi — infection of cholera ; haila — there was .
Madhya-lila 15.267
Sourceঅমোঘ মরেন — শুনি’ কহে ভট্টাচার্য । সহায় হইয়া দৈব কৈল মোর কার্য ॥ ২৬৭ ॥
amogha marena — śuni’ kahe bhaṭṭācārya sahāya ha-iyā daiva kaila mora kārya
English translation
Translation
When the Bhaṭṭācārya heard that Amogha was dying of cholera, he thought, “It is the favor of Providence that He is doing what I want to do.
Word meanings
amogha marena — Amogha is dying ; śuni’ — hearing ; kahe bhaṭṭācārya — the Bhaṭṭācārya said ; sahāya ha - iyā — helping ; daiva — Providence ; kaila — did ; mora — my ; kārya — duty .
Madhya-lila 15.268
Sourceঈশ্বরে ত’ অপরাধ ফলে ততক্ষণ । এত বলি’ পড়ে দুই শাস্ত্রের বচন ॥ ২৬৮ ॥
īśvare ta’ aparādha phale tata-kṣaṇa eta bali’ paḍe dui śāstrera vacana
English translation
Translation
“When one offends the Supreme Personality of Godhead, karma immediately takes effect.” After saying this, he recited two verses from the revealed scripture.
Word meanings
īśvare — unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead ; ta’ — indeed ; aparādha — offense ; phale — brings results ; tata - kṣaṇa — immediately ; eta bali’ — saying this ; paḍe — recites ; dui — two ; śāstrera vacana — quotations from the revealed scriptures .
Madhya-lila 15.269
Sourceমহতা হি প্রযত্নেন হস্ত্যশ্বরথপত্তিভিঃ । অস্মাভির্যদনুষ্ঠেয়ং গন্ধর্বৈস্তদনুষ্ঠিতম্ ॥ ২৬৯ ॥
mahatā hi prayatnena hasty-aśva-ratha-pattibhiḥ asmābhir yad anuṣṭheyaṁ gandharvais tad anuṣṭhitam
English translation
Translation
“ ‘What we have had to arrange with great endeavor by collecting elephants, horses, chariots and infantry soldiers has already been accomplished by the Gandharvas.’
Word meanings
mahatā — very great ; hi — certainly ; prayatnena — by endeavor ; hasti — elephants ; aśva — horses ; ratha — chariots ; pattibhiḥ — and by infantry soldiers ; asmābhiḥ — by ourselves ; yat — whatever ; anuṣṭheyam — has to be arranged ; gandharvaiḥ — by the Gandharvas ; tat — that ; anuṣṭhitam — done .
Purport
This is a quotation from the Mahābhārata ( Vana-parva 241.15). Bhīmasena made this statement when all the Pāṇḍavas were living in exile in the forest. At that time there was a fight between the Kauravas and the Gandharvas. The Kaurava soldiers were under the command of Karṇa, but the commander-in-chief of the Gandharvas was able to arrest all the Kauravas by virtue of superior military strength. At that time Duryodhana’s ministers and commanders requested Mahārāja Yudhiṣṭhira to help. After being thus petitioned, Bhīmasena spoke the verse given above, remembering Duryodhana’s former nefarious and atrocious activities against them. Indeed, Bhīmasena felt it very fitting that Duryodhana and his company were arrested. This could have been accomplished by the Pāṇḍavas only with great endeavor.
Madhya-lila 15.270
Sourceআয়ুঃ শ্রিয়ং যশো ধর্মং লোকানাশিষ এব চ । হন্তি শ্রেয়াংসি সর্বাণি পুংসো মহদতিক্রমঃ ॥ ২৭০ ॥
āyuḥ śriyaṁ yaśo dharmaṁ lokān āśiṣa eva ca hanti śreyāṁsi sarvāṇi puṁso mahad-atikramaḥ
English translation
Translation
“ ‘When a person mistreats great souls, his life span, opulence, reputation, religion, possessions and good fortune are all destroyed.’
Word meanings
āyuḥ — duration of life ; śriyam — opulence ; yaśaḥ — reputation ; dharmam — religion ; lokān — possessions ; āśiṣaḥ — benedictions ; eva — certainly ; ca — and ; hanti — destroys ; śreyāṁsi — good fortune ; sarvāṇi — all ; puṁsaḥ — of a person ; mahat — of great souls ; atikramaḥ — violation .
Purport
This statement ( Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 10.4.46 ) was made by Śukadeva Gosvāmī to Mahārāja Parīkṣit. This quotation concerns the attempted killing of Kṛṣṇa’s sister (Yogamāyā), who appeared before Kṛṣṇa’s birth as the daughter of mother Yaśodā. This daughter Yogamāyā and Kṛṣṇa were born simultaneously, and Vasudeva replaced Yogamāyā with Kṛṣṇa and took Yogamāyā away. When she was brought to Mathurā and Kaṁsa attempted to kill her, Yogamāyā slipped out of his hands. She could not be killed. She then informed Kaṁsa about the birth of his enemy, Kṛṣṇa, and being thus baffled, Kaṁsa consulted his associates, who were all demons. When this big conspiracy was taking place, this verse was spoken by Śukadeva Gosvāmī. He points out that a demon can lose everything because of his nefarious activities.
The word mahad-atikrama, meaning “envy of Lord Viṣṇu and His devotees,” is significant in this verse. The word mahat indicates a great personality, a devotee or the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself. Being always engaged in the Lord’s service, the devotees themselves are as great as the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The word mahat is also explained by Lord Kṛṣṇa in the Bhagavad-gītā (9.13) :
mahātmānas tu māṁ pārtha daivīṁ prakṛtim āśritāḥ bhajanty ananya-manaso jñātvā bhūtādim avyayam
“O son of Pṛthā, those who are not deluded, the great souls, are under the protection of the divine nature. They are fully engaged in devotional service because they know Me as the Supreme Personality of Godhead, original and inexhaustible.”
Being envious of the Lord and His devotees is not at all auspicious for a demon. By such envy, a demon loses everything considered beneficial.
Madhya-lila 15.271
Sourceগোপীনাথাচার্য গেলা প্রভু-দরশনে । প্রভু তাঁরে পুছিল ভট্টাচার্য-বিবরণে ॥ ২৭১ ॥
gopīnāthācārya gelā prabhu-daraśane prabhu tāṅre puchila bhaṭṭācārya-vivaraṇe
English translation
Translation
At this time, Gopīnātha Ācārya went to see Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, and the Lord asked him about the events taking place in Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya’s house.
Word meanings
gopīnāthācārya — Gopīnātha Ācārya ; gelā — went ; prabhu - daraśane — to see Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; prabhu — Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; tāṅre — unto Him ; puchila — inquired ; bhaṭṭācārya - vivaraṇe — the affairs in the house of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya .
Madhya-lila 15.272
Sourceআচার্য কহে, — উপবাস কৈল দুই জন । বিসূচিকা-ব্যাধিতে অমোঘ ছাড়িছে জীবন ॥ ২৭২ ॥
ācārya kahe, — upavāsa kaila dui jana visūcikā-vyādhite amogha chāḍiche jīvana
English translation
Translation
Gopīnātha Ācārya informed the Lord that both the husband and the wife were fasting and that their son-in-law, Amogha, was dying of cholera.
Word meanings
ācārya kahe — Gopīnātha Ācārya informed ; upavāsa — fasting ; kaila — observed ; dui jana — the two persons ; visūcikā - vyādhite — by the disease of cholera ; amogha — Amogha ; chāḍiche jīvana — is going to die .
Madhya-lila 15.273
Sourceশুনি’ কৃপাময় প্রভু আইলা ধাঞা । অমোঘেরে কহে তার বুকে হস্ত দিয়া ॥ ২৭৩ ॥
śuni’ kṛpāmaya prabhu āilā dhāñā amoghere kahe tāra buke hasta diyā
English translation
Translation
As soon as Caitanya Mahāprabhu heard that Amogha was going to die, He immediately ran to him in great haste. Placing His hand on Amogha’s chest, He spoke as follows.
Word meanings
śuni’ — hearing ; kṛpā - maya — merciful ; prabhu — Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; āilā — came ; dhāñā — running ; amoghere — unto Amogha ; kahe — He says ; tāra — his ; buke — on the chest ; hasta diyā — keeping His hand .
Madhya-lila 15.274
Sourceসহজে নির্মল এই ‘ব্রাহ্মণ’-হৃদয় । কৃষ্ণের বসিতে এই যোগ্যস্থান হয় ॥ ২৭৪ ॥
sahaje nirmala ei ‘brāhmaṇa’-hṛdaya kṛṣṇera vasite ei yogya-sthāna haya
English translation
Translation
“The heart of a brāhmaṇa is by nature very clean; therefore it is a proper place for Kṛṣṇa to sit.
Word meanings
sahaje — by nature ; nirmala — without contamination ; ei — this ; brāhmaṇa - hṛdaya — heart of a brāhmaṇa ; kṛṣṇera — of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; vasite — to sit down ; ei — this ; yogya - sthāna — proper place ; haya — is .
Madhya-lila 15.275
Source‘মাৎসর্য’-চণ্ডাল কেনে ইহাঁ বসাইলে । পরম পবিত্র স্থান অপবিত্র কৈলে ॥ ২৭৫ ॥
‘mātsarya’-caṇḍāla kene ihāṅ vasāile parama pavitra sthāna apavitra kaile
English translation
Translation
“Why have you allowed the caṇḍāla of jealousy to sit here also? In this way you have contaminated a most purified place, your heart.
Word meanings
mātsarya — jealousy ; caṇḍāla — the lowest of men ; kene — why ; ihāṅ — here ; vasāile — you allowed to sit ; parama pavitra — most purified ; sthāna — place ; apavitra — impure ; kaile — you have made .
Madhya-lila 15.276
Sourceসার্বভৌম-সঙ্গে তোমার ‘কলুষ’ হৈল ক্ষয় । ‘কল্মষ’ ঘুচিলে জীব ‘কৃষ্ণনাম’ লয় ॥ ২৭৬ ॥
sārvabhauma-saṅge tomāra ‘kaluṣa’ haila kṣaya ‘kalmaṣa’ ghucile jīva ‘kṛṣṇa-nāma’ laya
English translation
Translation
“However, due to the association of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya, all your contamination is now vanquished. When a person’s heart is cleansed of all contamination, he is able to chant the mahā-mantra, Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Word meanings
sārvabhauma - saṅge — by the association of Sārvabhauma ; tomāra — your ; kaluṣa — contamination ; haila kṣaya — is now vanquished ; kalmaṣa — contamination ; ghucile — when dispelled ; jīva — the living entity ; kṛṣṇa - nāma — the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra ; laya — can chant .
Madhya-lila 15.277
Sourceউঠহ, অমোঘ, তুমি লও কৃষ্ণনাম । অচিরে তোমারে কৃপা করিবে ভগবান্ ॥ ২৭৭ ॥
uṭhaha, amogha, tumi lao kṛṣṇa-nāma acire tomāre kṛpā karibe bhagavān
English translation
Translation
“Therefore, Amogha, get up and chant the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra! If you do so, Kṛṣṇa will unfailingly bestow mercy upon you.”
Word meanings
uṭhaha — get up ; amogha — Amogha ; tumi — you ; lao — chant ; kṛṣṇa - nāma — the holy name of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; acire — very soon ; tomāre — unto you ; kṛpā — mercy ; karibe — will bestow ; bhagavān — the Supreme Personality of Godhead .
Purport
The Absolute Truth is realized in three phases — impersonal Brahman, Paramātmā and the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Bhagavān. All of these are one and the same truth, but Brahman, Paramātmā and Bhagavān constitute three different features. Whoever understands Brahman is called a brāhmaṇa, and when a brāhmaṇa engages in the Lord’s devotional service, he is called a Vaiṣṇava. Unless one comes to understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead, his realization of impersonal Brahman is imperfect. A brāhmaṇa can chant the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra on the platform of nāmābhāsa, but not on the platform of pure vibration. When a brāhmaṇa engages in the Lord’s service, fully understanding his eternal relationship, his devotional service is called abhidheya. When one attains that stage, he is called a bhāgavata, or Vaiṣṇava. This indicates that he is free from contamination and material attachment. Lord Kṛṣṇa confirms this in the Bhagavad-gītā (7.28) :
yeṣāṁ tv anta-gataṁ pāpaṁ janānāṁ puṇya-karmaṇām te dvandva-moha-nirmuktā bhajante māṁ dṛḍha-vratāḥ
“Persons who have acted piously in previous lives and in this life and whose sinful actions are completely eradicated are freed from the duality of delusion, and they engage themselves in My service with determination.”
A brāhmaṇa may be a very learned scholar, but this does not mean that he is free from material contamination. A brāhmaṇa’s contamination, however, is in the mode of goodness. In the material world, the three modes are goodness, passion and ignorance, and all of these are simply different gradations of contamination. Unless a brāhmaṇa transcends such contamination and approaches the platform of unalloyed devotional service, he cannot be accepted as a Vaiṣṇava. An impersonalist may be aware of the impersonal Brahman feature of the Absolute Truth, but his activities are on the impersonal platform. Sometimes he imagines a form of the Lord ( saguṇa-upāsanā ), but such an attempt is never successful in helping one attain complete realization. The impersonalist may consider himself a brāhmaṇa and may be situated in the mode of goodness, but nonetheless he is conditioned by one of the modes of material nature. This means that he is not yet liberated, for liberation cannot be attained unless one is completely free from the modes. In any case, the Māyāvāda philosophy keeps one conditioned. If one becomes a Vaiṣṇava through proper initiation, he automatically becomes a brāhmaṇa. There is no doubt about it. The Garuḍa Purāṇa confirms this:
brāhmaṇānāṁ sahasrebhyaḥ satra-yājī viśiṣyate satra-yāji-sahasrebhyaḥ sarva-vedānta-pāragaḥ sarva-vedānta-vit-koṭyā viṣṇu-bhakto viśiṣyate
“Out of many thousands of brāhmaṇas, one may become qualified to perform yajña. Out of many thousands of such qualified brāhmaṇas, one may be fully aware of the Vedānta philosophy. Out of many millions of learned Vedānta scholars, there may be one viṣṇu-bhakta, or devotee of Lord Viṣṇu. It is he who is most exalted.”
Unless one is a fully qualified brāhmaṇa, he cannot advance in the spiritual science. A real brāhmaṇa is never envious of Vaiṣṇavas. If he is, he is considered an imperfect neophyte. Impersonalist brāhmaṇas are always opposed to Vaiṣṇava principles. They are envious of Vaiṣṇavas because they do not know the goal of life. Na te viduḥ svārtha-gatiṁ hi viṣṇum. However, when a brāhmaṇa becomes a Vaiṣṇava, there is no duality. If a brāhmaṇa does not become a Vaiṣṇava, he certainly falls down from the brāhmaṇa platform. This is confirmed by Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (11.5.3) : na bhajanty avajānanti sthānād bhraṣṭāḥ patanty adhaḥ.
We can actually see that in this Age of Kali many so-called brāhmaṇas are envious of Vaiṣṇavas. The Kali-contaminated brāhmaṇas consider Deity worship to be imaginative: arcye viṣṇau śilā-dhīr guruṣu nara-matir vaiṣṇave jāti-buddhiḥ. Such a contaminated brāhmaṇa may superficially imagine a form of the Lord, but actually he considers the Deity in the temple to be made of stone or wood. Similarly, such a contaminated brāhmaṇa considers the guru to be an ordinary human being, and he objects when a Vaiṣṇava is created by the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement. Many so-called brāhmaṇas attempt to fight us, saying, “How can you create a brāhmaṇa out of a European or American? A brāhmaṇa can be born only in a brāhmaṇa family.” They do not consider that this is never stated in any revealed scripture. Lord Kṛṣṇa specifically states in the Bhagavad-gītā (4.13) , cātur-varṇyaṁ mayā sṛṣṭaṁ guṇa-karma-vibhāgaśaḥ: “According to the three modes of material nature and the work associated with them, the four divisions of human society are created by Me.”
Thus a brāhmaṇa is not a result of the caste system. He becomes a brāhmaṇa only by qualification. Similarly, a Vaiṣṇava does not belong to a particular caste; rather, his designation is determined by the rendering of devotional service.
Madhya-lila 15.278
Sourceশুনি’ ‘কৃষ্ণ’ ‘কৃষ্ণ’ বলি’ অমোঘ উঠিলা । প্রেমোন্মাদে মত্ত হঞা নাচিতে লাগিলা ॥ ২৭৮ ॥
śuni’ ‘kṛṣṇa’ ‘kṛṣṇa’ bali’ amogha uṭhilā premonmāde matta hañā nācite lāgilā
English translation
Translation
After hearing Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and being touched by Him, Amogha, who was on his deathbed, immediately stood up and began to chant the holy name of Kṛṣṇa. Thus he became mad with ecstatic love and began to dance emotionally.
Word meanings
śuni’ — hearing ; kṛṣṇa kṛṣṇa — the holy name of Kṛṣṇa ; bali’ — speaking ; amogha uṭhilā — Amogha stood up ; premonmāde — in ecstatic love of Kṛṣṇa ; matta hañā — becoming maddened ; nācite lāgilā — began to dance .
Madhya-lila 15.279
Sourceকম্প, অশ্রু, পুলক, স্তম্ভ, স্বেদ, স্বরভঙ্গ । প্রভু হাসে দেখি’ তার প্রেমের তরঙ্গ ॥ ২৭৯ ॥
kampa, aśru, pulaka, stambha, sveda, svara-bhaṅga prabhu hāse dekhi’ tāra premera taraṅga
English translation
Translation
While Amogha danced in ecstatic love, he manifested all the ecstatic symptoms — trembling, tears, jubilation, trance, perspiration and a faltering voice. Seeing these waves of ecstatic emotion, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu began to laugh.
Word meanings
kampa — trembling ; aśru — tears ; pulaka — jubilation ; stambha — being stunned ; sveda — perspiration ; svara - bhaṅga — faltering of the voice ; prabhu hāse — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu began to laugh ; dekhi’ — seeing ; tāra — Amogha’s ; premera taraṅga — waves of ecstatic love .
Madhya-lila 15.280
Sourceপ্রভুর চরণে ধরি’ করয়ে বিনয় । অপরাধ ক্ষম মোরে, প্রভু, দয়াময় ॥ ২৮০ ॥
prabhura caraṇe dhari’ karaye vinaya aparādha kṣama more, prabhu, dayāmaya
English translation
Translation
Amogha then fell before the Lord’s lotus feet and submissively said, “O merciful Lord, please excuse my offense.”
Word meanings
prabhura caraṇe — the lotus feet of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; dhari’ — catching ; karaye — does ; vinaya — submission ; aparādha — offense ; kṣama — kindly excuse ; more — me ; prabhu — O Lord ; dayā - maya — merciful .
Madhya-lila 15.281
Sourceএই ছার মুখে তোমার করিনু নিন্দনে । এত বলি’ আপন গালে চড়ায় আপনে ॥ ২৮১ ॥
ei chāra mukhe tomāra karinu nindane eta bali’ āpana gāle caḍāya āpane
English translation
Translation
Not only did Amogha beg the Lord’s pardon, but he also began slapping his own cheeks, saying, “By this mouth I have blasphemed You.”
Word meanings
ei chāra mukhe — in this abominable mouth ; tomāra — Your ; karinu — I did ; nindane — blaspheming ; eta bali’ — saying this ; āpana — his own ; gāle — cheeks ; caḍāya — he slapped ; āpane — himself .
Madhya-lila 15.282
Sourceচড়াইতে চড়াইতে গাল ফুলাইল । হাতে ধরি’ গোপীনাথাচার্য নিষেধিল ॥ ২৮২ ॥
caḍāite caḍāite gāla phulāila hāte dhari’ gopīnāthācārya niṣedhila
English translation
Translation
Indeed, Amogha continued slapping his face over and over until his cheeks were swollen. Finally Gopīnātha Ācārya stopped him by catching hold of his hands.
Word meanings
caḍāite caḍāite — slapping over and over again ; gāla — the cheeks ; phulāila — he made them swollen ; hāte dhari’ — catching his hands ; gopīnātha - ācārya — Gopīnātha Ācārya ; niṣedhila — forbade .
Madhya-lila 15.283
Sourceপ্রভু আশ্বাসন করে স্পর্শি’ তার গাত্র । সার্বভৌম-সম্বন্ধে তুমি মোর স্নেহপাত্র ॥ ২৮৩ ॥
prabhu āśvāsana kare sparśi’ tāra gātra sārvabhauma-sambandhe tumi mora sneha-pātra
English translation
Translation
After this, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu pacified Amogha by touching his body and saying, “You are the object of My affection because you are the son-in-law of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya.
Word meanings
prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; āśvāsana kare — pacifies ; sparśi’ — touching ; tāra — his ; gātra — body ; sārvabhauma - sambandhe — because of a relation to Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya ; tumi — you ; mora — My ; sneha - pātra — object of affection .
Madhya-lila 15.284
Sourceসার্বভৌম-গৃহে দাস-দাসী, যে কুক্কুর । সেহ মোর প্রিয়, অন্য জন রহু দূর ॥ ২৮৪ ॥
sārvabhauma-gṛhe dāsa-dāsī, ye kukkura seha mora priya, anya jana rahu dūra
English translation
Translation
“Everyone in Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya’s house is very dear to Me, including his maids and servants and even his dog. And what to speak of his relatives?
Word meanings
sārvabhauma - gṛhe — at the house of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya ; dāsa - dāsī — servants and maidservants ; ye kukkura — even a dog ; seha — all of them ; mora — to Me ; priya — very dear ; anya jana — others ; rahu dūra — what to speak of .
Madhya-lila 15.285
Sourceঅপরাধ’ নাহি, সদা লও কৃষ্ণনাম । এত বলি’ প্রভু আইলা সার্বভৌম-স্থান ॥ ২৮৫ ॥
aparādha’ nāhi, sadā lao kṛṣṇa-nāma eta bali’ prabhu āilā sārvabhauma-sthāna
English translation
Translation
“Amogha, always chant the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra and do not commit any further offenses.” After giving Amogha this instruction, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu went to Sārvabhauma’s house.
Word meanings
aparādha’ nāhi — do not commit offenses ; sadā — always ; lao — chant ; kṛṣṇa - nāma — the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra ; eta bali’ — saying this ; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; āilā — came ; sārvabhauma - sthāna — to the place of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya .
Madhya-lila 15.286
Sourceপ্রভু দেখি’ সার্বভৌম ধরিলা চরণে । প্রভু তাঁরে আলিঙ্গিয়া বসিলা আসনে ॥ ২৮৬ ॥
prabhu dekhi’ sārvabhauma dharilā caraṇe prabhu tāṅre āliṅgiyā vasilā āsane
English translation
Translation
Upon seeing the Lord, Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya immediately caught hold of His lotus feet. The Lord embraced him and then sat down.
Word meanings
prabhu dekhi’ — seeing Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; sārvabhauma — Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya ; dharilā caraṇe — caught hold of His feet ; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; tāṅre — him ; āliṅgiyā — embracing ; vasilā āsane — sat down on the seat .
Madhya-lila 15.287
Sourceপ্রভু কহে, — অমোঘ শিশু, কিবা তার দোষ । কেনে উপবাস কর, কেনে কর রোষ ॥ ২৮৭ ॥
prabhu kahe, — amogha śiśu, kibā tāra doṣa kene upavāsa kara, kene kara roṣa
English translation
Translation
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu pacified Sārvabhauma, saying, “After all, Amogha, your son-in-law, is a child. So what is his fault? Why are you fasting, and why are you angry?
Word meanings
prabhu kahe — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said ; amogha śiśu — Amogha is a child ; kibā — what ; tāra doṣa — his fault ; kene — why ; upavāsa kara — are you fasting ; kene — why ; kara roṣa — are you angry .
Madhya-lila 15.288
Sourceউঠ, স্নান কর, দেখ জগন্নাথ-মুখ । শীঘ্র আসি, ভোজন কর, তবে মোর সুখ ॥ ২৮৮ ॥
uṭha, snāna kara, dekha jagannātha-mukha śīghra āsi, bhojana kara, tabe mora sukha
English translation
Translation
“Just get up and take your bath and go see the face of Lord Jagannātha. Then return here to eat your lunch. In this way I shall be happy.
Word meanings
uṭha — get up ; snāna kara — take your bath ; dekha — see ; jagannātha - mukha — Lord Jagannātha’s face ; śīghra āsi — coming back very soon ; bhojana kara — take your lunch ; tabe mora sukha — then I shall be very happy .
Madhya-lila 15.289
Sourceতাবৎ রহিব আমি এথায় বসিয়া । যাবৎ না খাইবে তুমি প্রসাদ আসিয়া ॥ ২৮৯ ॥
tāvat rahiba āmi ethāya vasiyā yāvat nā khāibe tumi prasāda āsiyā
English translation
Translation
“I shall stay here until you return to take Lord Jagannātha’s remnants for your lunch.”
Word meanings
tāvat — as long as ; rahiba — shall stay ; āmi — I ; ethāya — here ; vasiyā — sitting ; yāvat — as long as ; nā khāibe — will not eat ; tumi — you ; prasāda — remnants of the food of Jagannātha ; āsiyā — coming here .
Madhya-lila 15.290
Sourceপ্রভু-পদ ধরি’ ভট্ট কহিতে লাগিলা । মরিত’ অমোঘ, তারে কেনে জীয়াইলা ॥ ২৯০ ॥
prabhu-pada dhari’ bhaṭṭa kahite lāgilā marita’ amogha, tāre kene jīyāilā
English translation
Translation
Catching hold of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s lotus feet, the Bhaṭṭācārya said, “Why did You bring Amogha back to life? It would have been better had he died.”
Word meanings
prabhu - pada — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s lotus feet ; dhari’ — catching hold of ; bhaṭṭa — Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya ; kahite lāgilā — began to speak ; marita’ amogha — Amogha would have died ; tāre — him ; kene — why ; jīyāilā — have You brought to life .
Madhya-lila 15.291
Sourceপ্রভু কহে, — অমোঘ শিশু, তোমার বালক । বালক-দোষ না লয় পিতা, তাহাতে পালক ॥ ২৯১ ॥
prabhu kahe, — amogha śiśu, tomāra bālaka bālaka-doṣa nā laya pitā, tāhāte pālaka
English translation
Translation
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said, “Amogha is a child and your son. The father does not take the faults of his son seriously, especially when he is maintaining him.
Word meanings
prabhu kahe — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said ; amogha śiśu — Amogha is a child ; tomāra bālaka — your son ; bālaka - doṣa — the offense of a child ; nā laya — does not accept ; pitā — the father ; tāhāte — unto him ; pālaka — the maintainer .
Madhya-lila 15.292
Sourceএবে ‘বৈষ্ণব’ হৈল, তার গেল ‘অপরাধ’ । তাহার উপরে এবে করহ প্রসাদ ॥ ২৯২ ॥
ebe ‘vaiṣṇava’ haila, tāra gela ‘aparādha’ tāhāra upare ebe karaha prasāda
English translation
Translation
“Now that he has become a Vaiṣṇava, he is offenseless. You can bestow your mercy upon him without hesitation.”
Word meanings
ebe — now ; vaiṣṇava haila — has become a Vaiṣṇava ; tāra — his ; gela — went away ; aparādha — offenses ; tāhāra upare — upon him ; ebe — now ; karaha prasāda — show mercy .
Madhya-lila 15.293
Sourceভট্ট কহে, — চল, প্রভু, ঈশ্বর-দরশনে । স্নান করি’ তাঁহা মুঞি আসিছোঁ এখনে ॥ ২৯৩ ॥
bhaṭṭa kahe, — cala, prabhu, īśvara-daraśane snāna kari’ tāṅhā muñi āsichoṅ ekhane
English translation
Translation
Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya said, “Please go, my Lord, to see Lord Jagannātha. After taking my bath, I shall go there and then return.”
Word meanings
bhaṭṭa kahe — the Bhaṭṭācārya said ; cala — go ; prabhu — my Lord ; īśvara - daraśane — to see Lord Jagannātha, the Personality of Godhead ; snāna kari’ — taking my bath ; tāṅhā — there ; muñi — I ; āsichoṅ — shall come back ; ekhane — here .
Madhya-lila 15.294
Sourceপ্রভু কহে, — গোপীনাথ, ইহাঞি রহিবা । ইঁহো প্রসাদ পাইলে, বার্তা আমাকে কহিবা ॥ ২৯৪ ॥
prabhu kahe, — gopīnātha, ihāñi rahibā iṅho prasāda pāile, vārtā āmāke kahibā
English translation
Translation
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu then told Gopīnātha, “Stay here and inform Me when Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya has taken his prasādam.”
Word meanings
prabhu kahe — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said ; gopīnātha — Gopīnātha ; ihāñi rahibā — please stay here ; iṅho — Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya ; prasāda pāile — when he takes his lunch ; vārtā — the news ; āmāke kahibā — inform Me .
Madhya-lila 15.295
Sourceএত বলি’ প্রভু গেলা ঈশ্বর-দরশনে । ভট্ট স্নান দর্শন করি’ করিলা ভোজনে ॥ ২৯৫ ॥
eta bali’ prabhu gelā īśvara-daraśane bhaṭṭa snāna darśana kari’ karilā bhojane
English translation
Translation
After saying this, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu went to see Lord Jagannātha. Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya completed his bath, went to see Lord Jagannātha and then returned to his house to accept food.
Word meanings
eta bali’ — saying this ; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; gelā — went ; īśvara - daraśane — to see Lord Jagannātha ; bhaṭṭa — Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya ; snāna darśana kari’ — finishing his bathing and seeing of Lord Jagannātha ; karilā bhojane — accepted food .
Madhya-lila 15.296
Sourceসেই অমোঘ হৈল প্রভুর ভক্ত ‘একান্ত’ । প্রেমে নাচে, কৃষ্ণনাম লয় মহাশান্ত ॥ ২৯৬ ॥
sei amogha haila prabhura bhakta ‘ekānta’ preme nāce, kṛṣṇa-nāma laya mahā-śānta
English translation
Translation
Thereafter, Amogha became an unalloyed devotee of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. He danced in ecstasy and peacefully chanted the holy name of Lord Kṛṣṇa.
Word meanings
sei amogha — that same Amogha ; haila — became ; prabhura — of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; bhakta — devotee ; ekānta — unflinching ; preme nāce — dances in ecstasy ; kṛṣṇa - nāma laya — chants the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra ; mahā - śānta — very peaceful .
Madhya-lila 15.297
Sourceঐছে চিত্র-লীলা করে শচীর নন্দন । যেই দেখে, শুনে, তাঁর বিস্ময় হয় মন ॥ ২৯৭ ॥
aiche citra-līlā kare śacīra nandana yei dekhe, śune, tāṅra vismaya haya mana
English translation
Translation
In this way, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu performed His various pastimes. Whoever sees them or hears them recounted becomes truly astonished.
Word meanings
aiche — in this way ; citra - līlā — varieties of pastimes ; kare — performs ; śacīra nandana — the son of mother Śacī ; yei dekhe — anyone who sees ; śune — hears ; tāṅra — his ; vismaya — astonished ; haya — becomes ; mana — mind .
Madhya-lila 15.298
Sourceঐছে ভট্ট-গৃহে করে ভোজন-বিলাস । তার মধ্যে নানা চিত্র-চরিত্র-প্রকাশ ॥ ২৯৮ ॥
aiche bhaṭṭa-gṛhe kare bhojana-vilāsa tāra madhye nānā citra-caritra-prakāśa
English translation
Translation
Thus Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu enjoyed eating in Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya’s house. Within that one pastime, many wonderful pastimes were manifested.
Word meanings
aiche — in this way ; bhaṭṭa - gṛhe — in the house of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya ; kare — performs ; bhojana - vilāsa — pastime of eating ; tāra madhye — within that pastime ; nānā — various ; citra - caritra — of varieties of activities ; prakāśa — manifestation .
Madhya-lila 15.299
Sourceসার্বভৌম-ঘরে এই ভোজন-চরিত । সার্বভৌম-প্রেম যাঁহা হইলা বিদিত ॥ ২৯৯ ॥
sārvabhauma-ghare ei bhojana-carita sārvabhauma-prema yāṅhā ha-ilā vidita
English translation
Translation
These are the peculiar characteristics of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s pastimes. Thus the Lord ate in Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya’s house, and in this way Sārvabhauma’s love for the Lord has become very well known.
Word meanings
sārvabhauma - ghare — in the house of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya ; ei — these ; bhojana - carita — eating affairs ; sārvabhauma - prema — love of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya ; yāṅhā — where ; ha - ilā — became ; vidita — well known .
Purport
As stated in the Śākhā-nirṇayāmṛta:
amogha-paṇḍitaṁ vande śrī-gaureṇātma-sātkṛtam prema-gadgada-sāndrāṅgaṁ pulakākula-vigraham
“I offer my obeisances unto Amogha Paṇḍita, who was accepted by Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. As a result of this acceptance, he was always merged in ecstatic love, and he manifested ecstatic symptoms such as choking of the voice and standing of the hairs on his body.”
Madhya-lila 15.300
Sourceষাঠীর মাতার প্রেম, আর প্রভুর প্রসাদ । ভক্ত-সম্বন্ধে যাহা ক্ষমিল অপরাধ ॥ ৩০০ ॥
ṣāṭhīra mātāra prema, āra prabhura prasāda bhakta-sambandhe yāhā kṣamila aparādha
English translation
Translation
Thus I have related the ecstatic love of Sārvabhauma’s wife, who is known as the mother of Ṣāṭhī. I have also related Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s great mercy, which He manifested by excusing Amogha’s offense. He did so due to Amogha’s relationship with a devotee.
Word meanings
ṣāṭhīra mātāra prema — the love of the mother of Ṣāṭhī ; āra — and ; prabhura prasāda — the mercy of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ; bhakta - sambandhe — because of a relationship with a devotee ; yāhā — where ; kṣamila aparādha — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu excused the offense .
Purport
Amogha was an offender because he blasphemed the Lord. As a result, he was about to die of cholera. Amogha did not receive an opportunity to be freed from all offenses after being attacked by the disease, but Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya and his wife were very dear to the Lord. Because of their relationship, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu excused Amogha. Instead of being punished by the Lord, he was saved by the Lord’s mercy. All this was due to the unflinching love of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya for Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. Externally, Amogha was Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya’s son-in-law, and he was being maintained by Sārvabhauma. Consequently if Amogha were not excused, his punishment would have directly affected Sārvabhauma. Amogha’s death would have indirectly brought about the death of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya.
Madhya-lila 15.301
Sourceশ্রদ্ধা করি’ এই লীলা শুনে যেই জন । অচিরাৎ পায় সেই চৈতন্য-চরণ ॥ ৩০১ ॥
śraddhā kari’ ei līlā śune yei jana acirāt pāya sei caitanya-caraṇa
English translation
Translation
Whoever hears these pastimes of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu with faith and love will attain the shelter of the Lord’s lotus feet very soon.
Word meanings
śraddhā kari’ — with faith and love ; ei līlā — this pastime ; śune — hears ; yei jana — whoever ; acirāt — very soon ; pāya — attains ; sei — he ; caitanya - caraṇa — the lotus feet of Lord Caitanya .
Madhya-lila 15.302
Sourceশ্রীরূপ-রঘুনাথ-পদে যার আশ । চৈতন্যচরিতামৃত কহে কৃষ্ণদাস ॥ ৩০২ ॥
śrī-rūpa-raghunātha-pade yāra āśa caitanya-caritāmṛta kahe kṛṣṇadāsa
English translation
Translation
Praying at the lotus feet of Śrī Rūpa and Śrī Raghunātha, always desiring their mercy, I, Kṛṣṇadāsa, narrate Śrī Caitanya-caritāmṛta, following in their footsteps.
Word meanings
śrī - rūpa — Śrī Rūpa Gosvāmī ; raghunātha — Śrīla Raghunātha dāsa Gosvāmī ; pade — at the lotus feet ; yāra — whose ; āśa — expectation ; caitanya - caritāmṛta — the book named Caitanya-caritāmṛta ; kahe — describes ; kṛṣṇadāsa — Śrīla Kṛṣṇadāsa Kavirāja Gosvāmī .
Purport
Thus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to Śrī Caitanya-caritāmṛta, Madhya-līlā, fifteenth chapter, describing the Lord’s eating at the house of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya.